manualshive.com logo in svg

Siemens SIMATIC BATCH, Operating Manual

Share
Download
Siemens SIMATIC BATCH Operating Manual Download Page 221

Rational engineering

8

8.1

Difference between single project and multiproject engineering

The engineering involved in a batch process cell can be done both on one PC (single project) 

or on several PCs (multiproject).

Single project engineering

In small Batch process cells and when only one configuration engineer is available, engineering 

is done in a single project; in other words, on one PC.

Multiproject engineering

In larger Batch process cells, simultaneous configuration is necessary on different PCs and 

by different configuration engineers. This is made possible by multiproject engineering. Access 

to the data on the other PCs is possible. The individual projects of the process cell are merged 

on a central ES PC using the "Multiproject" object.

8.2

Single project engineering

8.2.1

Removing projects for editing and restoring them

You can transfer your projects to other engineering stations in the network with the command 

"Remove for editing". You can completely configure the project there.  
Preciously, you could only edit batch types in a removed project. As of SIMATIC BATCH V7.0, 

you can now remove any project from a multiproject for editing. The batch types can still be 

edited in each project.

Procedure

1. Select the project to be removed in the SIMATIC Manager, right-click and select the 

command Multiproject > Remove for Editing ... in the shortcut menu.

2. Then select a local directory or network path for storage. The complete project data is 

copied to the selected path and removed from your multiproject directory. The removed 

project is display grayed-out in the multiproject. It can no longer be edited there.

3. Select the grayed-out project, right-click and select the shortcut menu command 

Multiproject > Reapply after Editing. This copies the project data back to the multiproject 

directory. You can now continue configuration for the multiproject as usual.

SIMATIC BATCH V8.2

Operating Manual, 02/2016, A5E35958174-AA

221

Summary of Contents for SIMATIC BATCH

Page 1: ... information 2 Product introduction and installation 3 What s new 4 Technological basics complying with ISA 88 01 5 Introduction to SIMATIC BATCH 6 Engineering 7 Rational engineering 8 BATCH Control Center 9 BATCH Recipe Editor 10 BATCH OS controls 11 Recommended procedure 12 Appendix 13 Context help references 14 ...

Page 2: ...l are those who based on their training and experience are capable of identifying risks and avoiding potential hazards when working with these products systems Proper use of Siemens products Note the following WARNING Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the relevant technical documentation If products and components from other manufacturers are us...

Page 3: ...gurations 48 3 5 1 System software architecture 48 3 5 2 Distribution of the SIMATIC program packages 50 3 5 3 Client server architecture of SIMATIC BATCH 51 3 5 4 Interface to MES ERP 53 3 5 5 Redundancy 54 3 5 5 1 Introduction 54 3 5 5 2 Example configuration Fault tolerant Batch Control 55 3 5 5 3 Behavior in runtime 56 3 5 5 4 Data replication 57 3 5 5 5 Configuration of the redundant BATCH se...

Page 4: ...s mode 102 4 5 Specification of order quantity in BatchCC and OS Controls 102 4 6 Expansions in the Batch properties dialog 102 4 7 Unique IDs for batch elements 103 4 8 Monitoring time for batch and step commands 103 4 9 Display of the configured conditions of a transition 103 4 10 Increasing security for communication 103 4 11 Connecting automatically to a project 104 4 12 Archiving method SQL S...

Page 5: ... hierarchy folder 137 7 1 3 8 Assigning the Process cell Unit or Equipment phase object type 138 7 1 3 9 Specifying predecessors for a unit 138 7 1 3 10 Extending the plant hierarchy by adding neutral folders 139 7 1 3 11 Relationship between plant hierarchy blocks and recipes 141 7 1 4 Creating an equipment module 143 7 1 4 1 Introduction 143 7 1 4 2 Optimum installation of the blocks for AS base...

Page 6: ...download 207 7 3 15 Communication monitoring 208 7 3 16 Working with several process cell projects 209 7 3 17 Downloading to the target system changes 210 7 3 18 Specifying the type description of the process cell 211 7 3 18 1 Type description of the process cell 211 7 3 18 2 Type description for the individual project 212 7 3 18 3 Executable functions in a single project 214 7 3 18 4 Type descrip...

Page 7: ...y 255 9 1 4 7 Creating and manipulating objects 256 9 1 4 8 Overview lists 259 9 1 4 9 Output window for messages 263 9 1 4 10 Extended batch information 264 9 1 4 11 Shortcut window 266 9 1 4 12 Log 267 9 1 4 13 Editing window with BATCH objects 269 9 1 4 14 Window for displaying active applications 269 9 1 5 Objects and object hierarchy 270 9 1 5 1 Objects and object hierarchy 270 9 1 5 2 Librar...

Page 8: ...tion 313 9 5 6 2 Validation of recipes 315 9 5 6 3 Releasing recipes for testing 316 9 5 6 4 Releasing recipes for production 317 9 5 6 5 Validating formulas 317 9 5 6 6 Status of the recipes and status changes 318 9 5 6 7 Status of the formula and status changes 319 9 5 6 8 Working with externally created modules for validation 319 9 5 7 Creating reports 320 9 5 7 1 Printing recipes 320 9 5 8 Exp...

Page 9: ...sing 380 9 8 2 Flow chart How is a batch started and controlled 381 9 8 3 Basics of batch control 382 9 8 3 1 Principle of Batch Control 382 9 8 3 2 Order of batch processing 382 9 8 3 3 Executing a batch 384 9 8 3 4 Processing the recipe structure 387 9 8 3 5 Status changes of equipment phases 388 9 8 3 6 Status changes with batches 391 9 8 3 7 Status changes with recipe steps 394 9 8 3 8 Self te...

Page 10: ... change offer 458 9 8 8 2 Scope of services and features 459 9 8 8 3 Limitations 460 9 8 8 4 API and SBS behavior 461 9 8 8 5 Batch behavior 461 9 8 8 6 Requirements 461 9 8 8 7 Display of recipe elements 462 9 8 8 8 How do I perform an online structure change 464 9 8 8 9 Save batch as master recipe 466 9 9 Report creation and archiving of batch data 467 9 9 1 Preparations and settings 467 9 9 1 1...

Page 11: ... step 514 10 3 3 12 Parameter step 514 10 3 3 13 Simultaneous branch 514 10 3 3 14 Alternative branch 514 10 3 3 15 Synchronization line 515 10 3 3 16 Synchronization point 515 10 3 3 17 Monitoring 515 10 3 3 18 Transition 515 10 3 3 19 Loop 515 10 3 3 20 Jump 515 10 4 Creating recipes 516 10 4 1 Notes on creating recipes 516 10 4 2 How to edit a flat recipe 520 10 4 3 How to edit a hierarchical r...

Page 12: ... the properties for transitions 570 10 4 6 10 Configuring expanded status in transitions 572 10 4 6 11 Information on the ROP monitoring time 574 10 4 6 12 Selecting types of locations for transfer parameters 576 10 4 6 13 Specifying the properties of the library objects 576 10 4 6 14 Overview of the properties of master recipes 577 10 4 6 15 Scaling functions 579 10 4 6 16 Configuring synchroniza...

Page 13: ...1 11 5 1 SIMATIC BATCH OS master 641 11 5 1 1 CommunicationChannel 641 11 5 1 2 DisplayMode 642 11 5 1 3 ProjectName 642 11 5 1 4 DBIdent 642 11 5 1 5 ProjectListColumnWidth 643 11 5 1 6 ProjectListColumnOrderAndVisibility 643 11 5 1 7 ProjectListColumnResizeEnabled 643 11 5 1 8 ProjectListColumnFilterVisible 643 11 5 1 9 ToolbarOrderAndVisibility 644 11 5 1 10 ToolbarVisible 644 11 5 1 11 Context...

Page 14: ... 4 11 FilterRecipeName 659 11 5 4 12 FilterFormulaName 659 11 5 4 13 RecipeName 659 11 5 4 14 FormulaName 659 11 5 4 15 RecipeID 659 11 5 4 16 FormulaID 660 11 5 4 17 BrowseRecipeOrFormulaVisible 660 11 5 4 18 RecipeOrFormulaEnabled 660 11 5 4 19 BrowseOrderAndOrderCatVisible 660 11 5 4 20 OrderAndOrderCatEnabled 660 11 5 4 21 BatchSizeEnabled 661 11 5 4 22 BatchSize 661 11 5 4 23 BatchCountEnable...

Page 15: ...lly on specific events 674 12 4 What effects do changes to SFC types have on SIMATIC BATCH 676 12 5 How are IEPH IEOP blocks connected to the user blocks 681 12 6 How are transfer parameters configured and used 686 12 7 How do I use S7 PLCSIM with SIMATIC BATCH for AS based operation 687 12 8 How do I configure and use dynamic unit parameters 689 12 8 1 How do I configure parameter steps 689 12 8 ...

Page 16: ... Formula Batch properties 758 14 1 3 3 Dependencies tab 762 14 1 3 4 ESIG tab 762 14 1 3 5 Recipe dialog box 763 14 1 3 6 Change Log tab Library Recipe Formula Batch Material properties 764 14 1 3 7 Condition tab Recipe procedure Batch properties 765 14 1 3 8 Allocations tab Recipe procedure Batch properties 770 14 1 3 9 Process tags tab RP RUP ROP properties 772 14 1 3 10 Parameters tab Procedure...

Page 17: ...ral tab RPH unit class properties 809 14 1 9 18 General tab Command step properties 810 14 1 9 19 General tab Library operation unit class properties 811 14 1 9 20 Batches tab Properties of an order 812 14 1 9 21 Batches tab Create order 813 14 1 9 22 Tab Batch messages settings 814 14 1 9 23 Tab Batch messages settings 815 14 1 9 24 Rename tab 815 14 1 9 25 Candidates tab 815 14 1 9 26 Computers ...

Page 18: ...nu 850 14 1 11 23 BATCH application 851 14 1 11 24 BATCH application stdby 851 14 1 11 25 BATCH application client 852 14 1 11 26 SIMATIC BATCH 852 14 1 11 27 Batch types in a library or within a project 853 14 1 11 28 WinCC archive variable 854 14 1 11 29 Display additional function 854 14 1 11 30 Control strategies of 854 14 1 11 31 WinCC archive variable 855 14 1 11 32 Display additional functi...

Page 19: ...tion 915 14 1 12 38 Neutral folder selection 916 14 1 12 39 EPH selection 918 14 1 12 40 EPH parameters selection 919 14 1 12 41 EOP selection 921 14 1 12 42 EOP parameters selection 923 14 1 12 43 Batch types in project removed for editing selection master characteristic 925 14 1 12 44 Batch types in project removed for editing selection slave characteristic 926 14 1 12 45 Convergence of Batch in...

Page 20: ...1011 14 1 13 20 Unit class selection PCC 1014 14 1 13 21 Equipment property instance selection PCC 1017 14 1 13 22 Equipment module EMOD selection PCC 1020 14 1 13 23 Neutral folder selection PCC 1023 14 1 13 24 EPH selection PCC 1026 14 1 13 25 EPH parameters selection PCC 1028 14 1 13 26 EOP selection PCC 1031 14 1 13 27 EOP parameters selection PCC 1034 14 1 13 28 Process tag selection PCC 1037...

Page 21: ...s of a library operation Edit menu 1054 14 2 2 33 Properties of a formula category Edit menu 1054 14 2 2 34 Properties of a formula Edit menu 1054 14 2 2 35 Quality properties Edit menu 1055 14 2 2 36 Properties of an order Edit menu 1055 14 2 2 37 Display properties of master recipe Edit menu 1055 14 2 2 38 Folder properties Edit menu 1055 14 2 2 39 Material properties Edit menu 1055 14 2 2 40 Ba...

Page 22: ...nt Control menu 1068 14 2 3 6 Resume Control menu 1068 14 2 3 7 Release Control menu 1068 14 2 3 8 Pause after step Control menu 1068 14 2 3 9 Hold immediately Control menu 1068 14 2 3 10 Unlock Control menu 1068 14 2 3 11 Lock Control menu 1068 14 2 3 12 Start Control menu 1069 14 2 3 13 Stop Control menu 1069 14 2 3 14 Cancel Control menu 1070 14 2 3 15 Open control recipe Control menu 1070 14 2...

Page 23: ...mport Process cell Update 1085 14 2 7 4 Import Assign Parameters 1086 14 2 7 5 Import overview 1088 14 2 8 Control bar 1089 14 2 8 1 Zoom in 1089 14 2 8 2 Zoom out 1089 14 2 8 3 Resetting the zoom factor 1089 14 2 8 4 Optimal zoom factor 1090 14 2 8 5 Close substructure 1090 14 2 9 Window menu 1090 14 2 9 1 Update Window menu 1090 14 2 10 Functionality of the viewer for archived batches 1090 14 2 ...

Page 24: ...nu 1099 14 3 2 8 Open object Edit menu 1100 14 3 2 9 Text Edit menu 1100 14 3 2 10 Dissolve substructure Edit menu 1100 14 3 2 11 Hide in substructure Edit menu 1100 14 3 2 12 Select Edit menu 1101 14 3 3 View menu 1101 14 3 3 1 Fit automatically View menu 1101 14 3 3 2 Select zoom area View menu 1101 14 3 3 3 Toolbars Standard View menu 1102 14 3 3 4 Toolbars Insert View menu 1102 14 3 3 5 Status...

Page 25: ...ds 1115 14 10 1 Start step 1115 14 10 2 Pause step after step 1116 14 10 3 Hold step immediately 1116 14 10 4 Resume step 1117 14 10 5 Complete step 1117 14 10 6 Stop step 1117 14 10 7 Abort step 1118 14 10 8 Abort step emergency 1118 14 10 9 Unlock step 1118 14 10 10 Reset step 1119 14 10 11 Set breakpoint 1119 14 10 12 Remove breakpoint 1119 14 10 13 Comment on batch element 1119 14 10 14 Commen...

Page 26: ...126 14 12 3 Archive Edit menu 1126 14 12 4 Revoke release Edit menu 1126 14 12 5 Unlocking 1126 14 12 6 Details Edit menu 1126 14 12 7 Print Edit menu 1126 14 12 8 Print preview Edit menu 1126 14 12 9 Properties Edit menu 1127 14 12 10 Export Edit menu 1127 14 12 11 Find Edit menu 1127 14 12 12 Copy the object Edit menu 1127 14 12 13 Delete Edit menu 1127 14 12 14 New Edit menu 1127 14 12 15 Open ...

Page 27: ...figured and operated in the PCS 7 environment How do you migrate your existing BATCH project to a project that uses the new functions of this version Validity of the manual This manual is valid for the SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 software package Language support for the SIMATIC BATCH software and the documentation The following languages are supported Engineering components and documentation English Germa...

Page 28: ... PlugIn This description contains instructions that enable you to develop your own plug in mod ules for SIMATIC BATCH This involves an external validity check which is used instead of the SIMATIC BATCH check SIMATIC BATCH Report Views online help Path on the SIMATIC BATCH server ProgramData Siemens Automation Batch Ex ample Views SIMATIC BATCH COM API online help Path ProgramData Siemens Automatio...

Page 29: ...ure operation of Siemens products and solutions it is necessary to take suitable preventive action e g cell protection concept and integrate each component into a holistic state of the art industrial security concept Third party products that may be in use should also be considered You can find more information about industrial security under http www siemens com industrialsecurity To stay informe...

Page 30: ...Security information SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 30 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 31: ...d out in a batch report Possible applications of SIMATIC BATCH SIMATIC BATCH is suitable for batch processes of any complexity It provides simple support for batch applications ranging from small to extremely large The outstanding features of SIMATIC BATCH are as follows Simple graphic recipe creation Control and monitoring of recipe execution with the same graphic representation as used in recipe...

Page 32: ...e SFC types in the engineering system to define operation and phase types As an alternative SIMATIC BATCH continues to provide special interface blocks as the communications interface to the processing programs on the automation system These blocks known as BATCH interface blocks ship with SIMATIC BATCH as a block library Additional information Setting up the equipment module with interface blocks...

Page 33: ...C block is used for this purpose You use the TAG_COLL blocks to collect process values to create transition conditions and for logging measured value sequences in the batch report Transferring setpoints and process values The IEPAR blocks are used for this purpose The batch control writes the recipe parameters setpoints for the processing blocks to these blocks via the IEPH IEOP blocks The process...

Page 34: ...you have created the basic automation SFC CFC in the SIMATIC Manager Updating compiling and downloading the S7 program objects Updating compiling and downloading stations SIMATIC station for example SIMATIC S7 400 CPU for example 417 4 specifying the memory configuration and assignment for the recipe logic Compiling and downloading the S7 program charts The CFC charts of the units assigned to the ...

Page 35: ...Additional information can be found in the first reference below Image 3 1 BATCH Launch Coordinator shortcut menu Startup characteristics The BATCH Launch Coordinator can be started automatically or manually For automatic start after computer logon the Batch process cell must be loaded and WinCC Runtime must be activated If the BATCH Launch Coordinator is not started automatically start it using t...

Page 36: ...the automation system Processing the recipe synchronization Generating messages on the server status Controlling the redundancy mechanisms Failure monitoring watchdog To acquire batch data messages there is a connection to the message server and to the process data acquisition of the PCS 7 OS WinCC Establishing a communication connection to the automation system The BCS in conjunction with the com...

Page 37: ...ssage numbers in PCS 7 Alarm Logging Generating the batch report After a batch is started the batch data is saved in the online data storage of SIMATIC BATCH In order to display and or print out batch data a print preview window and the batch report are available Checking state of process cells in the event of a problem in the automation system In the event of a problem in the AS AS in STOP the ac...

Page 38: ...e the Closed status after it has first taken the Closing status and all batch specific measured value and message data have been collected and written to the hard disk If there is not enough hard disk space the collected measured value and message data cannot be saved Remedy As soon as there is enough hard disk space the pending measured value and message data is written to the hard disk If a batc...

Page 39: ...e Editor to configure the recipe structure Manage libraries with recipe elements library operations Edit and manage the formula categories and corresponding formulas Plan production orders using master recipes and batches Start and control batch executions Monitor and troubleshoot batch executions Display recipe and batch data in reports Product introduction and installation 3 3 Components of SIMA...

Page 40: ...nfiguration in the engineering system ES of SIMATIC PCS 7 for example by ISA 88 type definition of the process cell units and equipment modules Functions With the BATCH Recipe Editor you can do the following Create new master recipes and library operations Modify existing master recipes and library operations structural or parameter modifications Product introduction and installation 3 3 Component...

Page 41: ... commands for objects Commands for navigating viewing printing and exporting reports are included in a toolbar of the print preview window Additional information Object reports Page 477 3 3 9 BATCH OS controls OLE custom controls OCX for SIMATIC BATCH We provide you with SIMATIC BATCH OS controls for operating and monitoring batch processes on a PCS 7 OS client In a template screen that is availab...

Page 42: ...have more than one AS on which the equipment phases operations are configured In projects with such units the AS based operating mode must be disabled in the BATCH configuration dialog 0 memory allocation Which functions are not supported in the AS based operating mode Flat recipes are not available The online structure changes OSC from SIMATIC BATCH version 7 1 SP1 with which structure changes co...

Page 43: ...quality while simultaneously maintaining full plant capacity have caused a variety of branches in the manufacturing industry to improve and optimize their batch processes again and again For example the food and beverage industry thus expect deterministic and above all fast step change times from a batch control system because slow step changes can result in a reduction in product output Requireme...

Page 44: ...la categories continue to be used exclusively in BatchCC Recipes for AS based operation continue to be created with the Recipe Editor of SIMATIC BATCH and their use is checked there For recipes that have parts executed on the AS additional constraints were included in the validation There is a check to determine whether free memory blocks are available on the AS to execute selected recipe parts du...

Page 45: ...or the sequence of a unit Sending control commands to the recipe control Transferring step data from the automation system to the BATCH control server Transferring setpoint values process values and measured values from the automation system to the BATCH control server The communication connections between AS and BCS are created automatically by the BATCH configuration dialog Data communication be...

Page 46: ...sing BATCH OS controls To create and operate batches including visualization of the control recipes of currently running batches SIMATIC BATCH provides a template screen on a PCS 7 OS with all the necessary BATCH OS controls Which recipe phases continue to be processed in the BATCH control server The following list shows all recipe phases that are still processed in the BATCH control server in AS ...

Page 47: ...and the runtime system are grouped together in the SIMATIC BATCH blocks library Recipe execution The mapping of the recipe execution in the AS is made with the following block classes 1 RUP level UNIT_PLC block 2 ROP level EOP block level 1 3 RPH level EPH block level 2 Recipes in the automation systems are assigned to the units as control recipes This property allows the distribution of a project...

Page 48: ... frame also contains the synchronization number that is unique within a recipe The BATCH control server determines the participants of the synchronization with the first frame The synchronization definition is read for the recipe for this purpose The definition includes the recipe unit procedures RUPs involved in the synchronization The BATCH control server determines the unit candidates for this ...

Page 49: ...LHQW 6 0 7 7 DGYDQFHG UHSRUW 7 RQWURO HQWHU DWFK 5HGXQGDQW 6 0 7 7 VHUYHU 7 RQWURO VHUYHU 6 EDVHG PRGH 6 0 7 7 OLHQW 6 0 7 0DQDJHU QJLQHHULQJ VWDWLRQ 6 6 0 7 7 RQILJXUDWLRQ GLDORJ 6 0 7 7 ORFNV 6 0 7 7 OLHQW 6 FRPPXQLFDWLRQ 5HFLSH FRQYHUWHU 3 EDVHG PRGH 3 6 26 FOLHQW 7 26 FRQWUROV 2 7 UHFLSH HGLWRU 5 9LVXDOL H EDWFKHV UHDWH EDWFKHV RQWURO EDWFKHV 6 0 7 7 VHUYHU 3 6 26 VHUYHU 6 FRPP 3ODQW EXV 7HUPL...

Page 50: ...m 3 Multiple sta tion system All program packages are installed on different PCs The following program packages can be installed on different PCs Example Single PC as ES single PC as BATCH serv er single PC as OS server single PC as RC server single PC as BATCH client OS client and RC client Process connection to AS from the ES from BATCH server and OS server Best performance in conjunction with a...

Page 51: ...nterface to the operator in other words function as operator control terminals PC based mode Interaction with PCS 7 OS server In process mode runtime SIMATIC BATCH is linked to the PCS 7 OS servers The communication with the automation system for example write recipe parameters or read process values is via the data manager of the PCS 7 OS server In other words a BATCH server does not need its own...

Page 52: ... BATCH server and the AS via a separate communication channel Via this channel the control recipes on the automation system are accessed while the runtime system is operating To accelerate a step change for example switch to next signals are set in the control recipe and therefore in the automation system 6 0 7 7 7 VHUYHU 7 RQWURO 6HUYHU GDWD VWRUDJH V VWHP 7 FOLHQW 3 6 26 26 FOLHQW 7 FOLHQW 7HUPL...

Page 53: ...CH clients and the AS Configuration on an engineering station BATCH servers BATCH clients and OS servers and OS clients are configured in the SIMATIC Manager of the Engineering Station and downloaded from there to the target stations Maximum number of BATCH clients A maximum of 32 BATCH clients can be connected to one BATCH server 3 5 4 Interface to MES ERP With the SIMATIC BATCH COM API interface...

Page 54: ... the redundant server can continue to work with the same data without the loss of data or gaps in the documentation Configuring and commissioning Note Requirements To establish the software and hardware requirements and when configuring and commissioning redundant servers in the SIMATIC PCS 7 system you should always consult your Siemens representative References for redundant PCS 7 OS An introduc...

Page 55: ...ion of the Batch data continues 2 OS redundancy of the standard PCS 7 operator stations The redundancy of the distributed PCS 7 operator stations with an interface to the SIMATIC S7 400 is achieved by interconnected OS servers with data synchronization and backup of the archive data The WinCC archives of the redundant OS servers are synchronized and contain the same data The functionality is imple...

Page 56: ... server Startup hot restart of the BATCH clients Note Failover time Following a failover of the BATCH servers the BATCH clients can only be operated again after a certain time has elapsed A message window opens informing you that the BATCH server is currently not obtainable The message window disappears after a successful failover This indicates that the server application is ready for operation a...

Page 57: ...e BATCH server The communication is blocked for approximately 20 s This means that the process batch continues running but its visualization in the BATCH Control Center or in the BATCH OS controls is updated after a delay of up to 20 s When starting a redundant BATCH server or during a redundancy switchover the databases of the standby server are synchronized with the databases of the master serve...

Page 58: ...XQGDQW 7 VHUYHU DXOW WROHUDQW UHSOLFDWLRQ VROXWLRQ DWDEDVH V QFKURQLVDWLRQ 7 VHUYHU 7 VHUYHU 7HUPLQDO EXV 3ODQW EXV Hardware requirements Redundant BATCH servers always require an additional network adapter independent from the terminal and plant bus These network adapters can be of the same type The additional network adapters must be installed in your PCs redundant BATCH server pair in free PCI ...

Page 59: ...1 Right click on the Simatic Shell folder and select the shortcut menu command Redundancy Settings 2 In the Serial Interface area select none or the following symbol 3 In the Network adapter area select the adapter that has been configured and is now available 4 Close the dialog with OK 5 Open the Network connections dialog Open the Advanced Settings dialog with the menu command Advanced Advanced ...

Page 60: ...tion by assigning the same computer name to the SIMATIC PC station objects is not permitted Follow the steps in the SIMATIC Manager outlined below 1 Select the project in the Component view 2 Select the menu command Insert Station SIMATIC PC Station Result A new SIMATIC PC station is inserted in the current project Product introduction and installation 3 5 Possible configurations SIMATIC BATCH V8 ...

Page 61: ... To do this select the SIMATIC PC station Select the menu command Edit Open object Result HW Config opens Insert a batch application from the hardware catalog Path in the hardware catalog Standard SIMATIC PC Station BATCH BATCH application stby Select the menu command Station Save and compile Product introduction and installation 3 5 Possible configurations SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2...

Page 62: ...f a redundant batch system is not dependent on the project There is therefore no need for configuration of batch redundancy in batch engineering as was previously undertaken in the project settings in the BATCH configuration dialog Procedure 1 Network configuration for the redundant BATCH server is undertaken via the Simatic Shell folder in Windows Explorer You will find more information in the on...

Page 63: ...ter and standby the WinCC messages Data synchronization started and Data synchronization complete are produced Batch data management There are no longer any restrictions for the start order of the BATCH server in a redundant system The system automatically connects to the valid project database You should however note that following any total system failure in a distributed system the servers must...

Page 64: ...start of a SIMATIC BATCH server after status check of the partner server Prevention on exiting a SIMATIC server application If you want to exit a SIMATIC server application WinCC server BATCH server Route Control server for whatever reason you must make sure that the partner server is fully capable of taking over In other words all the applications running on the server must also run on the partne...

Page 65: ...in the WinCC Explorer The AutoStart configuration dialog is available from the Start menu with Start SIMATIC WinCC Autostart In the BATCH Launch Coordinator one of the two options Start SIMATIC BATCH automatically after starting WinCC or Start SIMATIC BATCH automatically independent of WinCC must be activated If you also use SIMATIC Route Control turn on the automatic activation in the shortcut me...

Page 66: ...mmand interface for influencing the entire unit Temporarily storing events in the AS in the buffer memory If the communication from the AS to the BATCH server breaks down or the server itself fails batch processing in the automation system continues until the next synchronization line or to the end of the batch This is also the response in a redundant scenario during the failover phase and in the ...

Page 67: ...n and productivity Quantity structure information can however only provide a rough guide for planning the components of a process cell For example batches with a short duration minutes up to a few hours with large numbers of setpoints put significantly more load on a SIMATIC BATCH server PC based operation or an automation system AS based operation than batches with few setpoints and a duration of...

Page 68: ...W 26 OLHQW 26 OLHQW 26 OLHQW 26 OLHQW 26 OLHQW 7 OLHQW 7 OLHQW 7 OLHQW 7 Image 3 3 Process cell configuration Operating batch process cells The Process cell configuration figure shows that three batch process cells can exist completely independently of each other on one common terminal and plant bus Normally however one batch process cell is adequate A distribution over several batch process cells...

Page 69: ...urations and Authorizations 3 6 3 Basics for calculating the performance of both operating modes The data shown provides you with guide values that indicate which load states related to typical data or basic data can be reached in your BATCH process cell both in PC based and AS based mode and how you can select suitable dimensions for your process cell This allows you to estimate overload situatio...

Page 70: ...ROP 3 Number of configured electronic signatures ESIG in an RP 3 Number of of active RPHs within a batch 3 Batch data Number of planned batches 100 Number of batches per order 100 Number of batches to be created simultaneously 100 Number of released batches 100 Number of batches to be released simultaneously 100 Number of batches running simultaneously 100 Number of of active RPHs within a batch 3...

Page 71: ...a material 2 s Releasing for testing production 90 s Opening a recipe library 4 s Checking a recipe for validity releasing 75 s Creating an order 2 s Creating a batch 20 s Release batch 75 s Result measured value online When processing the basic recipe described a PC equipped with a size of the SIMATIC BATCH online database has a 30 processor load Definition of step change A step change means that...

Page 72: ... recipe processing time can be calculated as follows Recipe processing time 32 8 4 ms 100 2 ms 469 ms This calculation does not however apply to parallel branches alternative branches or when there is synchronization since more than three recipe objects are then involved in a step change 32 simultaneous step changes with such constructs would lead to a loss of performance A reduction in the number...

Page 73: ...recipe data from the section Basics for calculating the performance of both modes the actual memory requirements can be calculated as shown below Note For this performance determination the units must be configured within one automation system and the recipe unit procedures must all be active at the same time Sample calculation AS based mode only Memory allocations Description Memory requirements ...

Page 74: ...er of recipe phases RPH that can run simultaneously in a batch 150 Number of recipe phases that can run simultaneously in a batch process cell 300 Regardless of the data listed in the table above in each AS a maximum of 100 recipe objects for example recipe operations recipe phases and transitions may change their status per second In this case the time taken for recipe processing accounts for app...

Page 75: ... time 600 measured values The number of measured values for trends can be limited to approximately 1000 measured values that are adequate for a good overview A maximum of 50000 measured values are possible per trend Note A cycle time of 1 second and 24 hours runtime mean 86400 measured values A recipe with 1500 recipe phases would result in an archive data size of approximately 30 MB for approxima...

Page 76: ...iles at present One possibility is to create access permissions for accessing the directory Printing in process mode in the BatchCC BATCH recipe editor To avoid intervention in the operating system devices printers such as XPS printers or PDF printers must not exist or not be selectable in print dialogs Remove such devices or printers in the Windows Control Panel Settings for secure process mode T...

Page 77: ...ers involved The following applies to updates of a version lower then V8 2 The system is automatically configured in the Compatible mode To use the increased security configure the NTLM mode manually for all servers involved Note With a redundant server set the same mode on both servers Requirements for manual configuration In Windows a user account login incl password has been created The user is...

Page 78: ...system uses the NTLM mode Note If the password elapses the user is disabled or deleted the SIMATIC BATCH server system does not operate Compatible mode If the NTLM mode does not work correctly change the mode to Compatible In this mode the SIMATIC BATCH server system operates as in the past Additional information You will find information on security aspects the section Security aspects Page 75 1 ...

Page 79: ...d runtime WinCC and BATCH BATCH Sin gle Station BATCH Base BATCH Builder BATCH Fast Objects BATCH Client BATCH Server BATCH Blocks BATCH WinCC Client Options or BATCH WinCC APL Client Options BATCH WinCC Server Options BATCH Server or BATCH Single Station System BATCH Single Station User or BATCH Client and BATCH Recipe System BATCH Unit PC as classical BATCH Server with BATCH Runtime BATCH Serv e...

Page 80: ...eparate installation A BATCH client that checks the authorizations on a BATCH server to distinguish SIMATIC BATCH and SIMATIC BATCH Basic The scope of functions for BATCH clients depends on the authorizations transferred to the BATCH server BATCH clients are for example instances of BatchCC BATCH OS controls or API clients If a BATCH server contains both the authorization for SIMATIC BATCH and SIM...

Page 81: ...d out In both cases the functions are not available Handling of structural elements from recipes through restore and import Recipes that you obtain through import or restore in BatchCC are subjected to a plausibility check If these recipes contain elements such as Monitoring Command step or Library reference the plausibility test will fail because the contained recipe elements are not authorized S...

Page 82: ... installation procedure step by step and after querying the user data and required configuration starts the actual installation process Access permissions for the operating system set by SIMATIC BATCH After the installation SIMATIC BATCH configures the local group SIMATIC BATCH in the Windows user and group management The members of this group have full access to the SIMATIC BATCH shared folder sb...

Page 83: ...dium that ships with the product To transfer the authorization from the authorization data medium to the hard disk of the PG PC use the Automation License Manager program in the Windows start menu under Start Programs Siemens Automation Automation License Manager If you have followed the SIMATIC PCS 7 installation instructions you will already have transferred the required authorizations from the ...

Page 84: ... available on a BATCH server it offers a connected BATCH client a limited range of functions in BatchCC BATCH 1 Unit V8 2 This license is required on BATCH server PCs In the case of a redundant configuration this license is required on both BATCH server PCs The number 1 indicates the number of possible configurable units BATCH 10 Units V8 2 This license is required on BATCH server PCs In the case ...

Page 85: ...ate a BATCH process cell with 60 units SB client products The SIMATIC BATCH client authorizations are searched for both locally on a specified PC and on a PC specified in the network The method of searching for authorizations in the network must be configured in the Automation License Manager SIMATIC BATCH server authorizations such as BATCH UNIT authorizations are searched for on the SB server Th...

Page 86: ...ilder BATCH engineering BATCH Client Batch Control Center BATCH Recipe Editor BATCH Fastobjects for database server BATCH server BATCH control server batch data management BATCH WinCC Client Options or BATCH WinCC APL Client Options block icons and faceplates in classic or APL design BATCH OS controls and BATCH online help BATCH WinCC Server Options block icons and faceplates in classic or APL des...

Page 87: ...eady installed SIMATIC BATCH setup only offers an update for this variant However you can convert to the other variant at any time after you have uninstalled the previous variant Make sure that the same variant of the BATCH WinCC Options is installed and used throughout the entire system ES OS server OS clients The following steps are crucial for automatic update to the new picture objects in APL ...

Page 88: ...ebnavigator Server Web install custom Both web plugins can then be installed on the web client which can result in errors There are several options to prevent that an incorrect web plugin in installed on a web client Always install the currently used web plugin on the web client in the end Only install the currently used web plugin on new web clients Delete the previous web plugin manually in the ...

Page 89: ...utomation systems Software update during operation SUIR Older versions cannot be upgraded to version SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 during operation The software update is once again supported in later versions With the redundant SIMATIC BATCH server both servers must be completed using the SIMATIC BATCH start coordinator before a software update may be started Before the servers can be restarted in redundant...

Page 90: ...date PCS 7 projects of the following SIMATIC BATCH versions SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 SB AS based SB AS based V6 1 incl SPs and HFs only with Siemens Support SB AS based V7 0 incl SPs and HFs SB SB V6 0 up to SP3 and HFs via SB V6 0 via SB V6 1 SP3 SB 7 0 incl SPs and HFs SB 7 1 incl SPs and HFs SB V8 0 incl SPs and UPDs SB V8 1 incl SPs and UPDs Special notes If the software was updated from one of the ...

Page 91: ...successful updating and rebooting the computers 4 Check the status of the SB server The SB server data on the standby server are compared completely with the master server when the standby server reports the status Listening You can check the status of the SIMATIC BATCH server using the symbol of the BATCH start coordinator or using the shortcut menu command BATCH status 5 Check the corresponding ...

Page 92: ...nfigure new hardware components for example a new communications processor 4 Open all the current block libraries and update the blocks used in your PCS 7 project with the command Options Charts Update block types 5 If you use the AS based mode the IUNIT_BLOCK block from older SIMATIC BATCH versions must be replaced in all CFC charts by the extended block UNIT_PLC To do this drag it directly from ...

Page 93: ...d used with SIMATIC BATCH The time on the AS serves as the basis for the time stamping of recipe element status transitions This time must be synchronized with the time of the PCS 7 OS server and the clients so that entries in the BATCH reports and message list can be put into correct chronological order Additional information Set time of day Page 480 Additional information can be found on the Sie...

Page 94: ...these names for name assignment of an SFC type in SIMATIC Manager In addition the following characters are not permitted when assigning names name of the control strategy Special characters except underscore and space When the name of the control strategy is changed for example from CONTSTRAT1 to contstrat1 in the characteristics dialog for SFC types this change to the control strategy name is not...

Page 95: ... recipe editor open the SIMATIC BATCH online help via the Help Topics menu item in the Help menu Alternatively you can open the SIMATIC BATCH online help via the F1 button If you are using the SIMATIC Manager open the SIMATIC BATCH online help by selecting an object in any view and then selecting SIMATIC BATCH in the context menu In the BATCH configuration dialog Configure batch process cell click...

Page 96: ...o Enter search strings Example The search string graphic AND configuring returns all topics containing the word graphic and the word configuring Example The search string graphic OR configuring returns all topics containing either the word graphic or the word configuring or both Example The search string graphic NOT function key returns all topics containing the word graphic but not the term funct...

Page 97: ...trings click the Enter search strings arrow Select a search string from the recent list then click Show topics Note A search string is added to the recent list only if at least one topic was found containing the search string Highlighting search strings In the view of a topic found all instances of the search string are highlighted Note Click the Options toolbar button to enable or disable highlig...

Page 98: ...you have direct access to every topic of the SIMATIC BATCH online help Index You can also open the Index tab di rectly in SIMATIC BATCH in the Help menu via the Index com mand Use keywords to find specific topics in the index The string entered must match one of the keywords in the index A keyword is assigned one or several topics To display one of the topics found click on the Display button You ...

Page 99: ...icon to display the overview for this section and simultaneously to hide the subsections and topics included in this section Select the Close all command in the shortcut menu for this button to display the overview for this section and simultaneously to hide all subsections and topics of the table of contents Navigate to subsections and topics of this section in the overview in the topic area This...

Page 100: ... calls the main help page Options Back Navigates to the recently opened topic Options Next Navigates to the next topic in a recent list of topics Options Glossa ry Opens the help glossary Navigating with the keyboard Instead of the mouse use the keyboard to navigate Operation Function Right Displays in the table of contents the subsections and topics included in the section Left Hides in the table...

Page 101: ...tion such as status of individual orders requested and actual quantities as well as product specifications and earliest start date and latest end date is displayed Additional information Control SIMATIC BATCH OS Process Cell Page 600 4 3 Batch status symbol Completed at order folder In addition to the existing symbols at the order folder for the processing status of the included batches an additio...

Page 102: ...ew lists and with access via API To do so a process parameter configured in basic engineering is referenced within a master recipe This process value is displayed for completed batches Completed Stopped or Aborted status and it is used as basis for totals calculations in order folders Totals calculations only make sense if they refer to a uniform quantity unit If the quantity units are not uniform...

Page 103: ...ommands in which the issued commands must be executed The system generates a warning message as soon as the time value set in seconds has been reached The messages are displayed in a warning dialog in the Extended batch information dialog in BatchCC The warning messages are only used to provide information for you and do not have an effect on the batch execution Additional information Project sett...

Page 104: ...Instead of the authentication integrated in the SQL server the Windows user group SIMATIC BATCH is now used for authentication Adapt your configurations in the project settings and in the SQL server Additional information You will find information on the security aspects and the archiving method SQL Server in the sections Security aspects Page 75 Basic principles Page 467 Create SQL Server databas...

Page 105: ...e BATCH Recipe Editor follows the structures and functions described in this standard 5 2 Introduction of technological terms The following definitions are mainly excerpts from the ISA 88 1995 standard Batch Control Part 1 Batch process A process that leads to the production of finite quantities of material by subjecting quantities of input materials to an ordered set of processing activities over...

Page 106: ...erial created by and during the process as well as the unit that represents the manufacturing procedure for this material Batch is used as an abstract contraction of the words the production of a batch Recipe The necessary set of information that uniquely defines the production requirements for a specific product A recipe is the set of rules and information required to define how a product is manu...

Page 107: ...h of a specific product The control recipe is a copy of a particular version of the master recipe that is then modified as necessary with information for planning and execution making it specific to a single batch A control recipe can also be modified during the production of a batch Examples Definition of the equipment actually used in the control recipe at the start of the batch or at the time i...

Page 108: ...5HVRXUFHV WR FUHDWH WKH SURGXFW ವ 3URFHVV RXWSXWV SHFWHG UHVXOWV ವ 3URFHVV SDUDPHWHUV OREDO UHFLSH SDUDPHWHUV ವ 5HTXLUHPHQWV RI WKH SURGXFWLRQ SODQW IRU PDQXIDFWXULQJ WKH SURGXFW ವ GHVFULEHV WKH VWUDWHJ WKH SURFHGXUH ವ LV WKH GHVFULSWLRQ IRU WKH UHFLSH SURFHGXUH XVLQJ WKH SURFHVV HOHPHQWV 6 See also Material and production data formula Page 109 Basic structure of a recipe procedure Page 110 Techno...

Page 109: ...im by and waste products resulting from the manufacture of a product Each output material has the following properties Name of parameter Name of the product Name of the output material Low limit of the quantity Setpoint of the quantity High limit of the quantity Physical unit Name of the scaling algorithm Process parameters Process parameters are physical parameters such as speed pressure or tempe...

Page 110: ... Relationship between master recipe formula and control recipe How the control recipe is formed By assigning formulas to a master recipe a variety of control recipes can be created for a process cell or a grouping of equipment belonging to a process cell The schematic below illustrates this relationship Technological basics complying with ISA 88 01 5 6 Relationship between master recipe formula an...

Page 111: ...he parameters that can be manipulated by the operator via a formula during batch planning These parameters are included in the formula category with their data type and unit of measure Note Formula categories can be defined independently of the recipe Purpose Working with formula categories makes it much easier to maintain master recipes based on the same recipe procedures Modifications only need ...

Page 112: ...cedure you can do this using external formulas belonging to a formula category You simply need to assign a master recipe procedure to the external formula to establish the association with the master recipe procedure The parameters of external formulas can also be modified during batch planning and or while a batch is executing 5 9 ANSI ISA 88 01 models 5 9 1 Overview of the ISA 88 standard models...

Page 113: ... the models The hierarchical structure of the models is the basis for the configuration of the batch oriented control strategies with PCS 7 The plant hierarchy of your process cell is structured in the SIMATIC Manager Plant view on the basis of the physical model You structure the recipes for batch control with the BATCH Recipe Editor based on the procedural control model See also Structure of the...

Page 114: ... 3URFHGXUH Equipment phase An equipment phase is the smallest element of procedural control that can accomplish a process oriented task The purpose of an equipment phase is to define or cause a process oriented action Characteristics of an equipment phase Can be subdivided into smaller parts in the form of steps and transitions as described in IEC 848 1988 A step can cause one or more actions The ...

Page 115: ...fferently for each batch Unit A unit is made up of equipment modules and control modules A unit is an independent grouping of equipment usually centered around a major piece of processing equipment such as a mixing tank or reactor Characteristics of a unit A unit can execute one or more major processing activities such as react crystallize and make a solution Units operate relatively independently...

Page 116: ...is a collection of measuring equipment actuators other control modules and associated processing equipment that can be operated as a single unit from the point of view of control engineering A control module can also be made up of other control modules For example a dosing control module could be defined as a combination of several automatic on off valve control modules Control modules are not inc...

Page 117: ...PRQRPHU LV SRO PHUL HG LQWR SRO YLQ O FKORULGH 5HFRYHU 9LQ O FKORULGH PRQRPHU U LQJ 3RO YLQ O FKORULGH SRZGHU 3UHSDUH YDFXDWH UHDFWRU LOO LVWLOOHG ZDWHU DQG UHDJHQWV 5HVSRQG GG YLQ O FKORULGH PRQRPHU DQG FDWDO VW KHDW WR r DQG PDLQWDLQ WHPSHUDWXUH XQWLO SUHVVXUH IDOOV GG 9ROXPH RI FDWDO VW GG 9ROXPH RI YLQ O FKORULGH PRQRPHU HDW HDW UHDFWRU WR r 0DLQWDLQ WHPS 0DLQWDLQ WHPSHUDWXUH XQWLO SUHVVXUH ID...

Page 118: ...Technological basics complying with ISA 88 01 5 9 ANSI ISA 88 01 models SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 118 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 119: ... Permission manage ment Page 120 1 Specifying user permissions Page 281 Recipe creation offline Page 120 1 Editing materials Page 293 2 Creating and processing master recipes Page 295 3 Creating and processing library operations Page 296 4 Validating recipes Page 315 5 Releasing the recipes for production Page 317 6 Creating a new formula category for external formula only Page 304 7 Creating form...

Page 120: ...atchCC allows the creation of offline data You create the materials formula categories and formulas with the Batch Control Center You create libraries and master recipes with the Recipe Editor Releasing master recipes library elements and formulas allows their use in process mode 6 5 Process mode The first phase of process mode is batch planning Here a production order is created first This is div...

Page 121: ...g process cell components need to be planned AS number memory redundancy PCS 7 OS server Redundancy PCS 7 OS clients multiclients BATCH server Redundancy BATCH clients Network span redundancy Uninterruptible power supply USP Central archive server The plant structure of your batch process cell is based on the automation task Number of units Number of equipment phases Engineering of the basic autom...

Page 122: ...the CFC Adapt the plant hierarchy to the specific project Configure objects Insert CFCs in the plant hierarchy folder install and interconnect blocks in the CFCs insert SFCs SFC types in the chart folder of the CPU set the mode in the SFC set the category and the mode in the SFC type and install and configure transitions and actions 3 Configure the PCS 7 OS server and PCS 7 ES Insert hardware BATC...

Page 123: ...ion steps starting from Configure AS 7 1 1 Using the PCS 7 Wizard Possibly include in introduction or merge with introduction When you create a new single or multiproject you can also use the PCS 7 wizard in SIMATIC Manager This allows you to create a single project or multiproject with one project including a PC station both for the BATCH server and for a BATCH client Starting the Wizard In the S...

Page 124: ... run on different PCs To download the process cell data of a project and distribute it to these PCs a SIMATIC PC station is created for the BATCH server BATCH control server DB server and each BATCH client in the Component view of SIMATIC Manager Note Configuring applications WinCC SIMATIC BATCH on separate SIMATIC PC station objects and then merging them to create one PC station by assigning the ...

Page 125: ...Editor the Batch Control Center BatchCC for batch operation and observation and batch data management BATCH application BATCH application is the representative for DB server project Storage of user permissions DB server offline Storage of the recipes formulas materials DB server online Storage of the batches BATCH control server BCS BATCH application stdby BATCH application stdby stands for the re...

Page 126: ...s WinCC SIMATIC BATCH on separate SIMATIC PC station objects and then merging them to create one PC station by assigning the same computer name to the SIMATIC PC station objects is not permitted Procedure in the SIMATIC Manager 1 Select the project in the Component view 2 Select the menu command Insert Station SIMATIC PC Station Result A new SIMATIC PC station is inserted in the current project 3 ...

Page 127: ...on stdby instead 5 Select the menu command Station Save and compile Result In the component view below the configured SIMATIC PC station you will see the object 7 1 2 4 Configuring the BATCH clients Rules A SIMATIC PC station must be created and configured with a BATCH application client in HW Config for every PC on which a BATCH client application runs BATCH clients can also run on PC stations on...

Page 128: ...n for each additional BATCH client in the project 5 Configure these SIMATIC PC stations in HW Config To do this select the SIMATIC PC station Select the menu item Edit Open Object Result HW config opens Insert a batch client application from the hardware catalog On a BATCH client you insert an additional WinCC application if the BATCH client is operated along with an OS client on one PC Path in th...

Page 129: ...t is displayed in the steps described below 5 Open your project with the component view in SIMATIC Manager 6 In the SIMATIC manager open the HWConfig hardware configuration 7 Select the CPU in the rack 8 Use the shortcut menu to select the object properties of the CPU 9 Click on the Memory tab in the open dialog You will see the local data arranged in priority classes 10 Adapt the amount of memory...

Page 130: ... with configuration data for SIMATIC BATCH This is decided in the object properties of the relevant hierarchy folder in the S88 type definition tab under the object type properties In multiproject engineering the top level is the Multiproject object below that you will find the individual projects and the process cell below these projects For the configuration data for SIMATIC BATCH the three hier...

Page 131: ... All other folders can be included in the naming scheme during configuration Note By default inclusion in the naming scheme is deactivated This means that no hierarchy folder is included in the name Storage of the blocks The charts with the corresponding SFC type instances Page 155 or BATCH interface blocks Page 151 can be stored in the appropriate Batch hierarchy folders according to their techno...

Page 132: ...ating modifying and setting the properties of the plant hierarchy refer to the manual Process Control System PCS 7 Engineering System Only the additional and special settings for the batch configuration are described in the following Engineering 7 1 Basic engineering for PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 132 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 133: ...ve created the first hierarchy folder you can make the basic settings 1 Select any hierarchy folder in the Plant view 2 Select the menu command Options Plant hierarchy Settings 3 Make the following settings in the Customize plant hierarchy dialog box Enter the maximum number of possible hierarchy levels that can occur in the project For the BATCH hierarchy only three hierarchy levels are relevant ...

Page 134: ... the process cell folder You can store the UNIT_PLC along with EOPs EPHs and TAG_COLL in folders of the Unit object type EPH blocks and TAG_COLL blocks can be stored in folders of the Equipment module object type The CFC charts with the function blocks valves controllers etc and sequential controls SFC required for the automation task can also be stored in these BATCH hierarchy folders You can als...

Page 135: ...Example Engineering 7 1 Basic engineering for PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 135 ...

Page 136: ...ss cell are made available This means that all the units and equipment phases required in a master recipe must be created below the process cell folder Multiproject Each project of a multiproject contains the same Process cell object Below this you can configure different units in the individual projects 7 1 3 6 Unit hierarchy folder Introduction Below the process cell you create the hierarchy fol...

Page 137: ...e batch control enters the batch ID and the batch name in the UNIT_PLC block so that the allocation of units can be managed With suitable user configuration on the AS UNIT_PLC can be used to prevent the use of a unit by batch control input BA_EN Batch enable 7 1 3 7 Equipment module hierarchy folder Introduction Below the unit create the hierarchy folder of the Equipment module object type If the ...

Page 138: ...elect the neutral object type the BATCH hierarchy will be deactivated again for this folder 5 Confirm with OK Result The graphic display of the hierarchy folder matches the selected object type Neutral folder The neutral object type deactivates the BATCH hierarchy for the process cell object The lower level BATCH hierarchy folders retain their object type but are no longer relevant for the SIMATIC...

Page 139: ...he Available units window If a hierarchy folder with a link was created for this successor this nevertheless remains in the project and you will need to delete it manually if required Predecessor If this is a successor for the selected unit the hierarchy folder for the immediate predecessor is shown in the Predecessor window Similar to the successor there can be several predecessors Working in the...

Page 140: ... folders are used as a classification criterion and do not affect the main 3 stages of the technological hierarchy Note No BATCH interface blocks or EPAR blocks should be located in the charts of neutral folders Example Levels in the example Process cell Production Area Branches1 to 7 Buffer Filter Capacitor Overview PCS 7 Premixer Reactor Silo Tankfarm Engineering 7 1 Basic engineering for PCS 7 ...

Page 141: ...ed during recipe creation as a filter criterion for unit allocation Unit Units and possibly equipment phases Equipment module Equipment phases Single control unit None not batch relevant 7 1 3 11 Relationship between plant hierarchy blocks and recipes Introduction For recipe creation and processing the process cell and unit levels must exist at least once Whether or not you require the equipment m...

Page 142: ...V WR Q 7 B 2 EORFNV 8VDJH RQH WR Q RU 3 5B TXLSPHQW PRGXOH 81 7B3 6 W SH LQVWDQFHV 6 W SH LQVWDQFHV 23 3 Legend Batch hierarchy folder of a process cell Process Cell Unit Equipment Module Neutral folders Block instances IEOP Equipment operation interface IEPH Equipment phase interface UNIT_PLC Unit status and allocation interface TAG_COLL Collection of process values Engineering 7 1 Basic engineer...

Page 143: ...to provide BATCH interface blocks as the communications interface to the processing programs on the automation system These blocks are implemented as CFC blocks and are installed during the SIMATIC BATCH setup BATCH interface blocks unit A CFC chart is created for each unit and contains an instance of the UNIT_PLC block with assigned parameter values BATCH interface blocks equipment phase Communic...

Page 144: ...not change faster than once per second The status may be lost in the BATCH control server if this condition is violated Setpoints Setpoints are updated by the recipe control of SIMATIC BATCH to influence the equipment module Control strategies Different and in terms of the same run mutually exclusive equipment phases operations of the same equipment module are known as control strategies of this e...

Page 145: ... able to make internal project settings If the names are changed SIMATIC BATCH cannot be configured correctly In CFC charts only blocks from the BATCH block family in the SIMATIC BATCH library may be used and therefore imported If necessary blocks from the Runtime block family in the SIMATIC BATCH library are automatically imported to the Blocks folder offline block folder but must not be used in ...

Page 146: ...tch relevant blocks in a faster slower OB Make sure that the UNIT PLC block does not exceed the OB cycle time when running the recipe unit procedure 7 1 4 3 Structure of the unit with the UNIT_PLC interface block The following functions are executed by the BATCH interface block UNIT_PLC Assigning and releasing a unit using a running control recipe Control of the recipe unit procedure in AS based m...

Page 147: ...oTime 50 to 60 ms Not OK Example 2 UNIT_PLC installed in OB32 1000 ms watchdog interrupt suitable parameter assignment MaxCyclRun parameterized at 100 ms Assessment approx 1 10 processing time for batch processing approx 9 10 processing time for processing processes in the OB 32 and other OBs QAvgRecProTime 80 to 90 ms OK QAvgRecProTime 90 to 100 ms Still OK QAvgRecProTime 100 to 110 ms Not OK Exa...

Page 148: ... the matter the above examples show the temporal processes for one unit per AS However there are normally several units active at the same time in an AS To establish the time required of an AS for batch processing the average processing time QAVGTecProTime parameter of all units must be added together Example 5 6 UNIT_PLCs are processed at the same time in OB 32 MaxCyclRun is set to 50 ms QAvgRecP...

Page 149: ...ng equipment phase can be configure at the SFC type for all instances or at all SFC instance blocks This involves the block input contact SELFCOMP SELFCOMP 1 Self terminating equipment phase 7 1 4 5 Non self terminating equipment phase Definition Non self terminating equipment phases are sequences that are not completed by a process condition The end of the RUN sequence is only reported Ready_TC s...

Page 150: ...quipment phase remains in the RUN sequence RUN status which means that the RUN sequence is started once again If you only want the RUN sequence to be executed once and not cyclically you must make the following settings in the sequence properties in the Start Condition tab The property self terminating or non self terminating equipment phase can be configure at the SFC type for all instances or at...

Page 151: ...a type process input input material IEPAR_PO Parameter block for the data type process output IEPAR_ENUM Parameter block for the data type enumeration type user defined enumera tion type IEPAR_SOURCE Parameter block for the data type Source IEPAR_DEST Parameter block for the data type Dest IEPAR_VIA Parameter block for the data type Via Equipment module Using the BATCH interface blocks along with ...

Page 152: ...ype name is derived from the F_TYPE input of the IEPH IEOP block Rules for interconnecting the IEPH IEOP interface blocks and the SFC chart To pass control commands from SIMATIC BATCH to the SFC the following interconnections between IEPH IEOP and the SFC external view must be configured IEPH IEOP SFC external view QBA_EN OUT BA_EN IN VSTEP_NO OUT STEP_NO IN VBA_ID OUT BA_ID IN VBA_NAME OUT BA_NA ...

Page 153: ...es are possible IEPAR_REAL Floating point IEPAR_DINT Integer IEPAR_BOOL Binary value IEPAR_PI Input material IEPAR_PO Output material IEPAR_STR String IEPAR_ENUM Enumeration IEPAR_DEST Target IEPAR_SOURCE Source IEPAR_VIA Via Exactly one IEPAR block for the required data type is necessary for each parameter setpoint process value of an IEOP IEPH With the IEPAR_ENUM enumeration time the data type n...

Page 154: ...nd activate the check box Control strategy 4 In the CFC Editor connect the IEPAR_ENUM block to the required IEPH IEOP Interconnect the EPE_CONN output of the IEPH IEOP block with the input of the same name on the IEPAR block 5 Open the SP_VAL input object properties of the ENUM block I O and select the enumeration and values Engineering 7 1 Basic engineering for PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 154 Operat...

Page 155: ...nent view 1 Select the S7 Program object in the Component view 2 Select the menu command Insert Insert new object SFC type 3 Select the new object SFC type 4 Select the menu command Edit Object properties 5 The Properties SFC Type dialog box opens Under Name change the phase operation type name batch type You can also enter the required number for the FB number and the name of the block library fo...

Page 156: ...hase You can assign predefined control strategies Under Characteristics Set points Data type BOOL binary data type INT data type integer 16 bits DINT data type double integer 32 bits REAL data type floating point STRING data type text PI data type process input input material PO data type process output output material SOURCE data type DEST data type VIA data type Control strat egies Under Charact...

Page 157: ...es can be made in the Enumeration column The enumerations available for selection are those previously created in the SIMATIC Manager under the Shared Declarations object The enumerations are then available for operator control and monitoring of SFC instances in SIMATIC BATCH Engineering 7 1 Basic engineering for PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 157 ...

Page 158: ...ant for SIMATIC BATCH in the characteristics view in SFC 1 Select the created object SFC type in the chart folder 2 Select the Open object command in the shortcut menu SFC opens the SFC type Engineering 7 1 Basic engineering for PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 158 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 159: ...k boxes Note The control strategy type name must correspond to the SFC type name If you implement equipment phase types and their instances both from interface blocks and as SFC types the control strategy type name created in the shared declarations would have the same name as the SFC type name If this is not the case this can lead to validation errors in the BATCH configuration dialog The name of...

Page 160: ...ot used name _BQ OUT Reserved for batch ID currently not used name _BAI IN Reserved for batch ID currently not used name _BAO OUT Reserved for batch ID currently not used Only for PI or PO data types The following block I Os exist for the control strategy I O name Meaning CS IN Control strategy setpoint from SIMATIC BATCH or PCS 7 OS QCS OUT Control strategy valid control strategy for SFC Set Enab...

Page 161: ...ules for interconnecting in the CFC charts The TAG_COLL and IEPAR_xxx blocks form a process tag for which the following rules apply If process values of IEPAR blocks are queried in transitions and these are not available as IEPAR_xxx in the IEPH or IEOP a TAG_COLL must be inserted in the CFC chart This is for example the case when values of other units are queried The parameter blocks IEPAR_xxx mu...

Page 162: ...ions that must be met by the value of a variable This means you can configure transition conditions in the recipe sequence in which for example unit candidates are selected and allocated You can use dynamic parameters in two ways in SIMATIC BATCH batch control Units are given properties in form of setpoints during batch control Unit selection during batch control takes place by means of conditions...

Page 163: ...nd continue to use the control strategy at the SP_VAL input The control strategies of equipment properties are assigned to the corresponding parameters IEPAR_XXX in BATCH engineering Only the selected control strategy parameters are then taken into consideration during batch control After generation or propagation of the BATCH types the compilation or merging of batch instances and the download of...

Page 164: ...es that are then generated can be further processed and modified in the BATCH configuration dialog Using the TAG_COLLECT function block If you configure with SFC types it is advisable to configure a TAG_COLLECT standard function block to collect process values The process tag types that are then generated are read only in the BATCH configuration dialog Modifications to the process tag type can onl...

Page 165: ...g 4 Assign the parameters the following attributes If nec S7_unit value Unit of measure Unit of measure corresponds the name of the unit of measure S7_edit value para for display and change in the Process Object view S7_measval value true for archiving without automatic assignment of an archive tag or optionally S7_archive long term or short term for archiving with automatic assignment of an archi...

Page 166: ...e CFC chart and insert the function block from the S7 Program folder into a CFC chart Result The TAG_COLLECT FB type appears in the Other blocks library or in the library of the family assigned to the FB for example Batch and can be immediately used for configuring additional process tag types Note The FB type TAG_COLLECT must be stored in the library for example under Other Blocks so that the pro...

Page 167: ...recipe creation Note If the attribute S7_m_c true is not set for the input of the TAG_COLLECT function block the output of the interconnected block is used if the output has the attribute S7_m_c true 7 1 6 3 Second option Create CFC chart and compile it as a block type Procedure 1 In the Component view of the SIMATIC Manager create a new CFC chart below a chart folder by selecting the menu command...

Page 168: ...t view S7_measval true for archiving without automatic assignment of an archive variable or alternatively S7_archive longterm or shortterm for archiving with automatic assignment of an archive variable 6 Confirm the settings with OK 7 Select the menu command Chart Compile Chart as Block Type 8 In the General tab specify the following FB name symbolic name and the family for example BATCH 9 Change ...

Page 169: ...mediately for configuring other process tag types The procedure from now on is exactly the same as in Method 1 starting at Step 9 7 1 7 Equipment properties and their use 7 1 7 1 Introduction Why are equipment properties defined In previous versions you selected the possible unit candidates statically This meant that selecting the available units in which a recipe procedure was to be executed in t...

Page 170: ...In the shortcut menu select Insert new object Equipment property 2 Name the equipment property name and display name 3 From the drop down list select the desired data type and assign it an enumeration or unit of measure For the Location data type assign the additional types Source Destination and Via You will find more detailed information about these types in the documentation for Route Control 4...

Page 171: ... this group was the unit class When you migrate older projects these groups are given the equipment property UnitClass Procedure 1 In the Component view of the SIMATIC Manager create a new enumeration object in the Enumerations folder under the shared declarations You then assign a name to the group for example process cell groups Insert several Value objects with names such as Group_A Group_B etc...

Page 172: ... group as a criterion for the unit allocation See also Specifying units using conditions Page 525 7 1 8 Configuring transfer of archive data from WinCC archives Introduction The batch data also includes the values of important process variables over time SIMATIC BATCH does not record these measured value sequences but fetches the values from the WinCC measured value archives For each instance para...

Page 173: ...g Convenient setting in the process object view The setting for Archive measured variable can also be made in the process object view To do this open the Parameters tab The settings for several parameters can be conveniently made in the Archive column Possible settings No archiving Archiving short term Long term archiving long term Inheritance with SFC Types SFC Instances Note If an instance from ...

Page 174: ...eactivate the option Create update archive variables the generated archive tags in WinCC are deleted by Compile OS But the assignments are retained in the BATCH configuration dialog No warning appears to indicate that the archive tags no longer exist in WinCC Step 3 Assign WinCC archive tags In the BATCH configuration dialog the additional function Instances Display can be activated for the select...

Page 175: ...blocks in CFC data management Cleaning up blocks Blocks that are not used by any CFC in CFC data management can cleaned up in the CFC dialog Blocks used in the S7 project All the blocks used in a S7 project are contained in the project s Blocks folder A subset of these blocks which is fitted in a CFC chart is also managed in CFC data management Clearing up CFC data management In the CFC menu Optio...

Page 176: ...gs to the appropriate PCS 7 OS Only after compiling the PCS 7 OS is it possible to generate the correct full runtime name when generating the batch process cell data Before downloading the batch process cell data the WinCC projects must first be downloaded Procedure in the SIMATIC Manager 1 Right click on your OS within your PC station and select the OS Object properties command from the shortcut ...

Page 177: ... setting can be changed by calling the menu command Options Wizard Compile multiple OS Compile mode You cannot change between area oriented and AS oriented compilation within a project or multiproject See also How to compile and download the process cell data Page 192 7 2 2 PCS 7 OS change project type Change WinCC project type If in WinCC Explorer you change the project type of a PCS 7 OS for exa...

Page 178: ...rol Center for BATCH engineering The aim of configuration is to make available all necessary data from the PCS 7 basic configuration and the BATCH configuration to the SIMATIC BATCH server for the automation task Image 7 1 BATCH configuration dialog Engineering 7 3 BATCH engineering SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 178 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 179: ...ing the creation of Batch objects units and equipment modules in basic engineering the name of your batch process cell must not be changed neither in SIMATIC Manager within the plant view nor in the BATCH configuration dialog in the process cell settings Following the actions Retrieve Save as Save as with reorganization and Reorganize in SIMATIC Manager you must generate the BATCH types and compil...

Page 180: ...orresponding report in the log area The log provides information on errors and warnings in the configuration Image 7 2 Log Access protection Access protection for projects configured for PCS 7 engineering also affects the BATCH configuration dialog For functions that affect changes in basic engineering you need to authenticate yourself with SIMATIC Logon Engineering 7 3 BATCH engineering SIMATIC B...

Page 181: ...Overview of the dialog landscape for the BATCH configuration dialog Image 7 3 BATCH configuration dialog Engineering 7 3 BATCH engineering SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 181 ...

Page 182: ...Image 7 4 Settings in the multiproject or project Engineering 7 3 BATCH engineering SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 182 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 183: ...Image 7 5 Stations CPU memory configuration Engineering 7 3 BATCH engineering SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 183 ...

Page 184: ...Image 7 6 Generating batch types Engineering 7 3 BATCH engineering SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 184 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 185: ...Image 7 7 Merge batch instances Engineering 7 3 BATCH engineering SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 185 ...

Page 186: ...Image 7 8 Downloading a batch process cell Engineering 7 3 BATCH engineering SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 186 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 187: ...Image 7 9 Downloading a batch process cell is not possible Engineering 7 3 BATCH engineering SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 187 ...

Page 188: ...about access protection 7 3 2 BATCH engineering overview Requirement for the BATCH engineering All the relevant points from the PCS 7 basic engineering have been performed and the PCS 7 OS was compiled and downloaded Engineering 7 3 BATCH engineering SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 188 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 189: ...ltiproject 9 Assign WinCC archive tags to the configured measured values 10 Select the folder of your batch process cell in the navigation window Transfer the messages to the assigned PCS 7 OS 11 Download your batch process cell to the database on the SIMATIC BATCH server If your configurations have repercussions for the PCS 7 basic data or the BATCH process cell data you will be informed of this ...

Page 190: ...its of measure Phase and operation types Phase type operation type based on IEPH IEOP interface block Phase type operation type based on IEPH IEOP interface block and SFC type mixed type Phase type operation type based on SFC type Phase type operation type based on SFC type with control strategy Process tag types Process tag type Equipment properties Unit of measure Enumeration as control strategy...

Page 191: ...places IUNIT For AS based mode you will need to replace the IUNIT block with the UNIT_PLC block The UNIT_PLC block contains the functionality of the IUNIT interface block including the AS based runtime system Automatic parameter setting of BATCH blocks in the BATCH configuration dialog The SIMATIC BATCH configuration dialog reads and writes parameters at the blocks during configuration Determinati...

Page 192: ... VHH RPSLOH 26 SDUDJUDSK ವ 6SHFLI LQJ WKH PHVVDJH 26 ವ 7UDQVIHUULQJ PHVVDJHV WR WKH PHVVDJH 26 RPSLOLQJ EDWFK SURFHVV FHOO GDWD ವ RQ DOO 6 FRPSXWHUV ZLWK WKH LQGLYLGXDO SURMHFWV RI WKH PXOWLSURMHFW RU ವ RQ WKH FHQWUDO 6 FRPSXWHU E PHUJLQJ DQG FRPSLOLQJ RQ PXOWLSURMHFW RDGLQJ LQ SURMHFWV VW 26 WDUJHW V VWHP RZQORDGLQJ EDWFK SURFHVV FHOO GDWD QG 7 VHUYHU WDUJHW V VWHP 7 VHUYHU VWE DQG 7 FOLHQWV Comp...

Page 193: ...on During this process the process cell data are compiled and validated Any possible errors are displayed and entered in a test log If the data are not plausible they will not be complied Loading WinCC projects WinCC projects continue to be transferred to PCS 7 operator stations independent of SIMATIC BATCH with the Download to target system function The download procedure for the process cell dat...

Page 194: ...how many available units UNIT_PLC instances are in your project for example to be able to order the required authorization for SIMATIC BATCH open the corresponding report in the BATCH configuration dialog Procedure in the SIMATIC Manager 1 Open the BATCH configuration dialog with the Options SIMATIC BATCH Open configuration dialog menu command 2 Select the folder of your batch process cell process...

Page 195: ... when you compile and are therefore available later in the BATCH Recipe Editor Result After reading in the type description in the BATCH configuration dialog with the Generate button the control strategies you edited in this way are indicated by a red flag and shown under phase types Note Setpoints for the current and prepared control strategy are checked regardless of operating mode automatic man...

Page 196: ...Control strategy parameter check box Assign the required setpoints parameter data record to each control strategy in the open properties dialog for the control strategies Control strategies of FW_heat 4 Assign the correct control strategy for example FW_Heat on the right in the Assigned data type list box Condition The corresponding control strategy must be available in the data types 5 Close the ...

Page 197: ...control strategy and a start value were assigned at all SP_VAL I Os of the IEPAR_ENUM BATCH parameter block All data from basic engineering have been compiled and downloaded The batch types have been generated and propagated if necessary in the BATCH configuration dialog and the batch instances have been compiled and merged Dialog in the BATCH configuration dialog Select the Equipment properties f...

Page 198: ...determine the amount of memory currently available 1 Right click on the CPU in the SIMATIC Manager and select PLC Module Information 2 Select the Memory tab In the displayed dialog you can recognize the current configuration of the data and code memory of the selected CPU Storage of recipe logic The recipe logic is stored on the AS in data blocks of the type MemIDB64 in the data area of the work m...

Page 199: ...he type MemIDB64 has a size of 64 KB This means that 3 MB 3072 KB divided by 64 KB corresponds to 48 data blocks contained in the ASB_Mem CFC chart This calculation and the resulting installation of this number in the CFC chart is handled by the system in the BATCH configuration dialog How many data blocks do I need The more batches processed simultaneously on a unit in one AS the greater the numb...

Page 200: ...alog opens with all operator stations of the project that were defined as Batch relevant when the settings were made in the OS objects tab In the Status column you will see the current status displayed Here you can see whether or not the OS relevant data has already been transferred 6 Press the Start button Result The messages and the OS relevant data are transferred A log will be created that you...

Page 201: ... individual project of the multiproject If projects are removed for editing the check boxes are inactive grayed out If process cell data compiled earlier for this project already exists this data is also adopted 5 Press the Start button 6 Click the Close button 7 Select the process cell object under process cell data in the left window of the BATCH configuration dialog 8 Click on the Transfer to O...

Page 202: ...TCH configuration dialog The concrete cause can be found in the merge log The messages and the OS relevant data will be transferred A log is created that you can display as follows In the BATCH configuration dialog under Log Transfer to OS setting Display button Tip Do not forget to run the Compile OS function before compiling and downloading This avoids the display of errors in the runtime names ...

Page 203: ...he check box in the Component table column title all configured components are downloaded Requirement for downloading the BATCH process cell data To ensure data consistency the AS and OS engineering must be completed in the SIMATIC Manager prior to downloading the BATCH process cell data The following sequence should be followed 1 Compile and download the automation systems 2 Compile and download ...

Page 204: ...S 3 Go to the Download tab 4 In the Download tab all PC stations for BATCH servers single redundant database servers and BATCH clients are displayed with information about their download status 5 Press OK to start the download processes based on your settings on the components 6 When successfully completed the Downloaded status is shown for the respective components in the dialog A log of the indi...

Page 205: ...dialog prior to distributing the batch data 7 3 13 Multiple instantiation of the same block types within a unit Introduction As of SIMATIC BATCH version 8 1 multiple instances of the same SFC type can be addressed within a unit To distinguish between multiple block instances of an SFC type within a unit the block instance names must be different Up until SB version V8 1 configurations with more th...

Page 206: ...e with SFC types This is also true for a mixed type configuration which means multiple instances are only possible with SFC types The instance mode is not possible with pure I EPH types or even with BATCH flexible V4 02 blocks Selecting a standard instance in the BATCH configuration dialog If there are several instances of the same SFC type within a unit one instance is selected as the default ins...

Page 207: ...rties unit class General tab Page 818 Editing a transition condition in the Recipe Editor Transition Wizard Operand 1 2 dialog box process tag Page 1123 Assigning process tag for recording in the Recipe Editor Process tags tab RP RUP ROP properties Page 772 SIMATIC BATCH configuration dialog Phase type_EPH selection Page 886 Operation type selection Page 881 7 3 14 Simultaneous compilation and dow...

Page 208: ...ine the configuration in the BATCH configuration dialog under the settings in the System characteristics tab in the Monitoring times area When configuring communication monitoring in a distributed system take the following into consideration The times involved in a redundancy failover The critical times in the process UNIT watchdog sign of life monitoring The monitoring of the UNIT_PLC unit blocks...

Page 209: ...operator stations and the same multiclient with BATCH Client The multiclient with BATCH client can communicate with the BATCH server of each S7 project The various process cell projects belonging to the S7 projects can be opened simultaneously by the BATCH client In this case the batch applications must be opened more than once The display of several process cell projects within a batch applicatio...

Page 210: ...cting a process cell project you establish the connection to the BATCH server and therefore also to the required process cell project One BATCH server per project Note In the scenarios described above the rule that there must be only one BATCH server per S7 project multiproject still applies 7 3 17 Downloading to the target system changes Global data blocks must be loaded When delta loading in the...

Page 211: ...following types can be defined for creating recipes Batch types type description of a process cell Type Editing options and results Data types The system specifies the standard data types floating point number integer string input material output material material V4 and Boolean You can also create custom data types and edit their properties Units of measure You can create new units of measure and...

Page 212: ...ject Are you using SFC types or BATCH interface blocks Depending on your application you have various functions available for the batch types Functions that cannot be used are grayed out in the BATCH configuration dialog Batch types that depend on language Note Batch types that depend on the language user data types for example are displayed in SIMATIC BATCH in the language with which they were cr...

Page 213: ...in the log field and can be visualized with the Display button All errors warnings that are subordinate to the selected object will be displayed The errors and warnings are also indicated on the object by a red or yellow lightning bolt By selecting the object involved and selecting the Display log command in the shortcut menu the object related text for errors and warnings can be displayed Error W...

Page 214: ...uipment properties in the selected folder All non in stanced objects are deleted However they remain available in the shared declarations and will appear again during the next generation With operation types phase types and process tag types you can select individual objects and delete them as long as they have not been instanced Edit Phase types Operation types Process tag types Editing the attri...

Page 215: ... editing for the condition This means that you have the option of adapting updating your own batch types in every project to those of the multiproject Note All projects in the multiproject have the same rights and priorities Projects with Batch configurations require the creation of a Batch process cell The batch types are managed only in the specific projects You configure the type description in...

Page 216: ...in the log field and can be visualized with the Display button All errors warnings that are subordinate to the selected object will be displayed The errors and warnings are also indicated on the object by a red or yellow lightning bolt By selecting the object involved and selecting the Display log command in the shortcut menu the object related text for errors and warnings can be displayed Error W...

Page 217: ...alog box The type descriptions of all selected projects are then consis tent New Phase types Operation types Process tag types Creation of phase operation and process tag types under the selected area and creation of the corresponding type parame ters Delete Data type User data type if present Units of measure Phase types Operation types Process tag types Equipment properties You can delete data t...

Page 218: ...Prints all batch types of the process cell in tabulated form Additional function Display User data type if available Units of measure Phase types Operation types Process tag types Equipment properties List of all instances that refer to this type object You can select certain attributes via a filter Log Batch process cell Display of the validity log Batch instances Display of the compile log Updat...

Page 219: ...You can delete data types user data types units of measure and equipment properties in the selected folder All non instanced ob jects are deleted However they remain available in the shared declarations and will appear again during the next generation With operation types phase types and process tag types you can select individual objects and delete them as long as they have not been instanced Edi...

Page 220: ...oject Working in the SIMATIC Manager 1 Select the Batch types object in the BATCH configuration dialog 2 Click the Propagate button Result The Propagate types for entire process cell dialog box opens 3 Activate all the projects to be propagated 4 Click the Start button Result The complete type description is distributed to the projects of the multiproject After running this function the batch type...

Page 221: ...cts to other engineering stations in the network with the command Remove for editing You can completely configure the project there Preciously you could only edit batch types in a removed project As of SIMATIC BATCH V7 0 you can now remove any project from a multiproject for editing The batch types can still be edited in each project Procedure 1 Select the project to be removed in the SIMATIC Mana...

Page 222: ...ates only to the supplementary ES configuration for creating recipes and batch control with SIMATIC BATCH Example of a configuration for single project engineering 6 FRPSXWHU QGLYLGXDO SURMHFW YDLODEOH IXQFWLRQV ವ 6 FRQILJXUDWLRQ ವ RQILJXUH 7 FOLHQWV ವ RQILJXUH 7 VHUYHU ವ RQILJXUH 6 W SHV ವ RQILJXUH 7 YDLODEOH IXQFWLRQV LQ 3URFHVV EDWFK SURFHVV FHOO GLDORJ ER ವ RQ SURMHFW ವ 6HWWLQJV LVWULEXWLRQ 26...

Page 223: ... KDQJH WR UHPRWH FRPSXWHU 7 FOLHQW 6 0 7 0DQDJHU ವ 6SHFLI LQJ WKH PHVVDJH 26 DQG DWFK UHOHYDQW 26 ವ I QHF XSGDWLQJ RI GLVWULEXWLRQ DQG SURFHVV FHOO HQHUDWLQJ DQG HGLWLQJ DWFK W SHV DWFK YDOLGDWLRQ RPSLOLQJ DWFK SURFHVV FHOO GDWD 9DOLGDWLRQ HUURU 7UDQVIHU WR WKH 26 RZQORDG DWFK SURFHVV FHOO GDWD QR HV HEXJ RPSLOLQJ 26 UHDWLQJ FKDUWV ZLWK 6 W SH LQVWDQFHV RU 7 LQWHUIDFH EORFNV HV HV UHDWLQJ WKH SODQ...

Page 224: ...etween individual S7 projects from a neutral perspective You will find further information in the online help in PCS 7 in the topic What you Should Know about Multiprojects The following information relates to the additional engineering steps involved in configuring batch processes with the components of SIMATIC BATCH Uniqueness of the names Note Please note that if you distribute the configuratio...

Page 225: ...etter to configure one PC station with several applications e g one OS and one BATCH server 8 3 2 Importing remote process cells Introduction To enable material transport through several process cells with a batch with SIMATIC Route Control you can import remote process cells into the local S7 project in addition to the local process cells The required functionality for this step is provided in th...

Page 226: ...ions in the BATCH configuration dialog The ES data are copied to the corresponding project directory of Batch with the Download function The ES data are transferred to the SIMATIC BATCH database using the Update process cell action in the BATCH Control Center BCC Additional information Selecting types of locations for transfer parameters Page 576 8 3 4 PCS 7 change project type PCS 7 change projec...

Page 227: ...ed below the multiproject The individual S7 projects can then be configured at the same time on the ES PCs PC 1 PC 2 PC 3 etc The data for the BATCH server is configured on one of the ES PCs PC 1 Note It is of course also possible to configure one of the projects on the central ES PC for example the computer with the BATCH server configuration To keep the picture clear however the description that...

Page 228: ...LJXUDWLRQ ವ RQILJXULQJ 7 FOLHQWV ವ RQILJXULQJ 7 VHUYHU ವ RQILJXULQJ 6 W SHV ವ RQILJXULQJ 3 HFXWDEOH IXQFWLRQV LQ ಯ GLW DWFK SURFHVV FHOOರ GLDORJ ER ವ RU WKH DWFK W SHV ವ GLW ವ HQHUDWH ವ RU WKH DWFK LQVWDQFHV ವ RPSLODWLRQ ವ 9DOLGDWLRQ ವ UFKLYH DVVLJQPHQW HFXWDEOH IXQFWLRQV ವ 6 FRQILJXUDWLRQ ವ RQILJXULQJ 7 FOLHQWV ವ RQILJXULQJ 7 VHUYHU ವ RQILJXULQJ 6 W SHV ವ RQILJXULQJ 3 HFXWDEOH IXQFWLRQV LQ ಯ GLW ...

Page 229: ...OH EDWFK SURFHVV FHOO GDWD ವ 6SHFLI PHVVDJH DQG EDWFK UHOHYDQW 26V ವ 8SGDWH GLVWULEXWLRQ ERDUG DQG SURFHVV FHOO LI QHFHVVDU HQHUDWH DQG HGLW EDWFK W SHV DWFK YDOLGLW FKHFNLQJ ROODWH DQG FRPSLOH EDWFK SURFHVV FHOO GDWD 9DOLGLW HUURU 7UDQVIHU WR WKH 26 RZQORDG EDWFK SURFHVV FHOO GDWD 5XQWLPH 3 6WDUW 3 6 26 DQG 7 VHUYHU OLHQW 3 6WDUW DWFK DQG UHDG LQ WRWDO SURFHVV FHOO GDWD HV UURU FRPSHQVDWLRQ UHDWH...

Page 230: ...t editing them in the distributed multiproject removing them from the distributed multiproject and finally inserting them back into the central multiproject Since BATCH multiproject configuration was only designed for editing within the context of a single multiproject a few important rules and restrictions must be taken into consideration for distributed multiproject engineering with SIMATIC BATC...

Page 231: ...The following requirements must be fulfilled to perform DMPE with SIMATIC BATCH The projects to be exchanged may only contain AS stations The transfer project can be used in any environment regardless of the hardware configuration Only the connections need to be adapted The same PCS 7 version including the corresponding hotfixes and IT integration software must be installed on the involved PCs or ...

Page 232: ...dual units Possible configurations in the distributed multiproject CFC charts WinCC process pictures Import create change and export recipes What can be tested in the DMP Recipes batch sequences Process pictures Up to which point in time can DMPE be performed The point in time at which the commissioning phase for DMPE with SIMATIC BATCH is completed depends on your own decision for the most part N...

Page 233: ... project from your multiproject if is no longer needed Select your project folder right click and select the command Multiproject Remove From Multiproject in the context menu 3 Archive your master data library File Archive Libraries tab select master data library and click OK Select the storage path and save If changes are made in the master data library it is not necessary to synchronize AS proje...

Page 234: ...ert into Multiproject Select the project or the master data library and click OK Specify the inserted library as the master data library 5 Merge the subnets or synchronize the subnets with networks in the distributed project Select the multiproject folder open the shortcut menu and click Multiproject Adjust Projects In the dialog that opens select the Ethernet subnet in the navigation window and t...

Page 235: ...e transferred a CMPs from a central ES to a multiproject on a distributed ES To test the newly configured functions in process mode you have created a new S7 connection compiled all ES data and downloaded it to the AS You have also updated the batch process cell and distributed the Batch data to the respective components You have created a new batch process cell and recipes to run the batches 8 5 ...

Page 236: ...previously inserted S7 connection Shortcut menu Delete Note If have changed the AS addresses of existing S7 connections the addresses of the original CMP must be set again 4 Remove the BATCH process cell identifier ISA 88 type definition and delete the Batch process cell object In the Plant view select the folder of the batch process cell in your project right click and select the shortcut menu co...

Page 237: ...rtcut menu Insert new object Batch process cell Select the process cell folder in the Plant view In the shortcut menu Object properties S88 type definition tab select object type Process cell OK The folder of the batch process cell is given a light green color 10 Check whether the name of the Batch process cell is identical to the name of the Batch process cell at the MP level in all projects in t...

Page 238: ...e OS projects are an exception to this they are retained 5 Update the Batch process cell generate and propagate the batch types merge the batch instances transfer the messages to the OS and download the batch data The batch types now also include the generated types again You have merged the batch instances 6 Check if all function blocks and SFC types are identical in all projects of the CMP and h...

Page 239: ...ditions such as different tank sizes are not used Configure the equipment properties at a later time 2 Permission management and materials in SIMATIC BATCH cannot be separately archived or exported and imported If it becomes necessary to start using a new database permissions management and materials can no longer be imported without a Restore Importing the permission management and materials into...

Page 240: ...ATIC BATCH with more than one PCS 7 OS In standard cases SIMATIC BATCH can be used either as a single station system SB server with SB clients and OS server with OS client on one computer or as a distributed system multiple station system with multiple OS servers single or redundant Redundancy with more than one PCS 7 OS An additional variant is offered for the PCS 7 OS This variant enables multip...

Page 241: ...Configuration example Rational engineering 8 6 Operation of SIMATIC BATCH with more than one PCS 7 OS SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 241 ...

Page 242: ...Rational engineering 8 6 Operation of SIMATIC BATCH with more than one PCS 7 OS SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 242 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 243: ... icon appears in the taskbar as soon as a user logs on to the PC Depending on your BATCH data the current state is indicated within the icon of the BATCH Launch Coordinator The various states are listed with their meanings later in this chapter The icon and thus the user interface of the BATCH Launch Coordinator can be closed without terminating the service or SIMATIC BATCH 3 If a user logs off th...

Page 244: ...s important information about the project Example Name of the Batch process cell etc Change start mode from Manual to automat ic Changes the start mode from manual to automatic You need administrator rights to change the start mode The change menu is only available when the status is ready running or listening If WinCC server is installed on the BATCH server then the BATCH Launch Coordinator autom...

Page 245: ...ime is started Intermediate state Preparing to switch to the listening state Listening Prepared Intermediate state switching to BATCH master Switch up Switching the state from Listening to Running Intermediate state switching to BATCH standby Switch down Switching the state from Running to Listening Error in SIMATIC BATCH Fault Note Combined states with Processing Switch up Running Prepared Switch...

Page 246: ...t that does not have a link the application will close Language setting of BatchCC and BATCH Recipe Editor In both BatchCC and in the BATCH Recipe Editor you can change languages using the menu command Options Settings User settings Languages tab Select the check box for the desired language See also Layout of the main window BatchCC Page 247 9 1 3 Getting Help Online help There are various ways o...

Page 247: ...available 9 1 4 User interface and operation 9 1 4 1 Layout of the main window BatchCC The basic layout of the user interface of BatchCC consists of individual windows and is shown in the figure below In the left section the batch process cell or the BATCH project output is shown with its objects in a tree structure The main window shows the BATCH objects for example in list form You can control t...

Page 248: ...2YHUYLHZ OLVWV GHSHQGLQJ RQ WKH FRQWH W IRU ವ LEUDU RSHUDWLRQV ವ 0DVWHU UHFLSHV ವ RUPXODV ವ 3URGXFWLRQ RUGHUV ವ 0DWHULDOV Arranging the various windows You can individually arrange windows in BatchCC The following windows are offered Control recipe Arranged in the main window Overview of the control recipe Floating to the right next to the main window BATCH Control Center 9 1 Starting and operatin...

Page 249: ...lect menu commands that are feasible in the current status of the object As an example you can only select the menu command Edit Delete when at least one object is selected Menu items that cannot be selected are displayed in gray Toolbar The toolbar is located below the menu bar It contains a series of buttons that trigger the more commonly required functions of the menu bar You can see which func...

Page 250: ...ing for standby server to take over role Standby server can not take over Data synchronization between the master and standby server enabled Warning The standby server in a re dundant configuration is not availa ble Warning The master server in a re dundant configuration is not availa ble Master server waiting for standby server to become available and take over role Warning The master server in a...

Page 251: ... you make general settings relating to the appearance and range of functions In the User settings dialog you can make settings for language zoom layout and format of the user interface Selecting dialogs Select the menu command Options Settings Project settings This opens the dialog box shown below in which you can make individual Project settings Select the menu command Options Settings User setti...

Page 252: ...nality is available in both the BATCH Control Center and the recipe editor Restrictions Project settings Project settings are part of the user specific session information Backup restore Session information is not saved in the backup file Constraints The described constraints apply to the two client applications the BATCH Control Center and the recipe editor If you do not use SIMATIC Logon the app...

Page 253: ... LOGON user is used automatically In this case the session begins with the start of the BATCH Control Center application The session ends with the logoff the logon of another user or the closing of the application Session information that is saved The following data is part of a session and is therefore saved as session information in the database Size and position of the main window BCC and BRE a...

Page 254: ...ssages relating to this The following tabs are affected by this functionality Transfer parameters Process parameters Input material Output material If tabs are hidden in the recipe editor although they contain electronic signatures and or synchronizations these are taken into account fully when importing however their functionality is disabled in process mode The configured functionality is listed...

Page 255: ...t contain configuration settings may result in restrictions and malfunctions during operator control in process mode Additional information PropertiesTabOrderAndVisibility attribute Page 645 9 1 4 6 Expand or reduce parameter display Displaying or hiding columns in tabs of the properties dialogs of RPEs No special system setting exists nor is one required for customizing the number of columns in t...

Page 256: ... the dialog is open and they are not saved permanently for the specific user In the template for the BATCH OS controls there is a check box in the OS Properties control configured with the aid of WinCC Dynamics this check box also shows or hides the table columns named above When using the tooltip display the check box is called Expanded parameter display Additional information Parameters tab Page...

Page 257: ...ns General functions Some basic functions are common to all objects These common functions are listed below The descriptions of other functions assume that you know how to use these functions BATCH Control Center 9 1 Starting and operating SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 257 ...

Page 258: ...ject properties are data belonging to the object that decide its behavior for example the properties of a master recipe The menu command Edit Properties opens a dialog box in which you can see and set the properties of the selected object Renaming objects The names of batch objects are specified when the objects are created This name can be changed by selecting the Rename command The Rename comman...

Page 259: ... objects included in the lists Which overviews are available The following lists can be called Library over list Master recipe overview Formula overview Order overview list Batch overview list Material overview list To select overviews Select a folder in the navigation window for example a master recipe folder and then select the menu command Edit Details BATCH Control Center 9 1 Starting and oper...

Page 260: ... can be controlled via com mands in the shortcut menu for one or multiple selected batches The status display for each executed batch is dynamically updated Depending on their status batches are moved by the system from batch planning via batch status to the batch results list Scenario If you start a batch from this list it remains visible in the list and is shown with its new status Running At th...

Page 261: ...ble contents If you left click a column header the table will be sorted in ascending and descending order according to the contents of the selected column header Filter table column contents If you enter a filter text in the text box below the column header the table will be filtered accordingly You can also filter several columns at the same time The individual filter conditions are then linked w...

Page 262: ...so added as a prefix in addition to type symbols For batches the type symbol is superimposed with additional symbols 1 2 3 Image 9 2 Symbols Status and Type Status symbol of a batch Type symbol of batches Order table column Select all With CRTL A or the menu command Edit Select all you can select all the objects of a list for example to release all batches using the shortcut menu Additional inform...

Page 263: ...he menu command View Toolbars Output Customizing You can customize the properties of the message window familiar from WinCC for example the columns displayed and the selection of messages User settings are entered in the global database and restored the next time you start BatchCC Certain settings that are essential for SIMATIC BATCH are exceptions to this for example selection of BATCH messages S...

Page 264: ...chCC only if you the Open control recipe for the batch permission as a logged on user Image 9 3 Extended batch information Possible symbols in the dialog Table 9 1 Symbols for status and type of an error message Symbol Meaning Error status Completed Error status Reset Error status Outgoing Error status Outgoing and acknowledged Error status Pending Error status Pending and acknowledged Error type ...

Page 265: ... can jump to a recipe element causing an error within the control recipe view recipe in BatchCC In addition the messages contained in the table can be sorted and filtered according to your own criteria Filter settings in the message window are only saved if the control recipe window was open in BatchCC at the same time Arranging the batch information window You can show or hide the batch informati...

Page 266: ...le commands are displayed for selection in the shortcut menu These are identical to those offered in the navigation window Fast access The shortcut window displays a type of fast access for frequently used objects This eliminates the need to navigate through folder structures in the BatchCC navigation window You can show or hide the shortcut window BATCH Control Center 9 1 Starting and operating S...

Page 267: ...hat you have performed in BatchCC are recorded in the log User actions are assigned to various types The following types are available Image 9 5 Log Types User actions Project Process Historian was activated deactivated Process cell Process cell data activated by server Process cell data cleaned up Library element Library element deleted Master recipe Master recipe deleted Formula category Formula...

Page 268: ...indent SB8_ is specified for a restore The material name is displayed for materials Version For user actions on objects materials library elements master recipes and formulas the version of the object is specified Note Events in the log are updated by reopening the log For a restore it is possible to disable the restoration of the permanent log The check box Without log is used This will create an...

Page 269: ...alog you can see information about BATCH applications that have started for example BCC and RE and elements within them that have been opened for example recipes These elements are then being processed by a specified user on a specified PC Working in the dialog or reading out the allocation information BATCH applications are displayed in the form of a grey bar and elements opened for editing in th...

Page 270: ...9 1 5 1 Objects and object hierarchy The object hierarchy for library operations master recipes formulas and production orders can be structured in BatchCC in much the same way as the folder structure of the Windows Explorer with folders and files The following figure shows a possible structure in the project window within the BatchCC BATCH Control Center 9 1 Starting and operating SIMATIC BATCH V...

Page 271: ...or freely defined This applies to the folders process cell libraries master recipes formulas orders materials and permission management Showing dependent elements references between BATCH objects The Dependencies tab of the Properties dialog displays the assigned references to other BATCH objects for the objects selected in the BatchCC library operations and master recipes and the configured unit ...

Page 272: ...nd manage recipe operations for hierarchical recipes and substructures for flat recipes in libraries In the following descriptions recipe operations or substructures from libraries are called library operations or library substructures Position of the objects Available functions Opening and editing recipes Page 302 Specifying the properties of library operations Page 576 Validating recipes Page 31...

Page 273: ... set in a dialog box to a formula category and ultimately to a concrete formula you have a complete master recipe There are both flat and hierarchical master recipes If you have large numbers of master recipes these can be stored in different folders without semantics to achieve a better structure Position of the objects 0DVWHU UHFLSHV UHFLSH SURF GXUHV UHIHUHQFH WR IRUPXOD FDWHJRU 0DVWHU UHFLSH I...

Page 274: ...easing recipes for production Page 317 Status of the recipes and status changes Page 318 9 1 5 4 Formulas Creating formula categories In this area you create the formula categories with the formulas belonging to them according to the technological needs of your plant If you have large numbers of formulas of a category these can be stored in different folders without semantics to achieve a better s...

Page 275: ...rmula Page 307 Working with the formula overview Page 310 Validating formulas Page 317 9 1 5 5 Production orders Creating production order categories In this area you create the production order categories with the lower level production orders You can create batches for a production order You also make the settings for batch processing for example the Start mode BATCH Control Center 9 1 Starting ...

Page 276: ...Position of the objects Legend for figure Order category Production orders with batches BATCH Control Center 9 1 Starting and operating SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 276 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 277: ...nput and output materials in recipes and formulas these must first be entered in BatchCC Available functions Defining materials Page 293 Changing the quality Page 294 9 1 5 7 Permission management Setting up permission management The permission management is set up by the system administrator Here you can specify the user permissions of the user roles for specific computers and for specific units ...

Page 278: ...ons for one user role global Permitted user roles per computer computer specific Permitted user roles per unit unit specific The components of SIMATIC BATCH contained in SIMATIC PCS 7 are provided with the data of users as they log in from a central logon service and are informed of possible logon changes User roles for SIMATIC BATCH The following user roles and associated user permissions are set...

Page 279: ...es Super user The administrator of SIMATIC BATCH takes on the role of Super user A user with the super user role has all user permissions in SIMATIC BATCH and only this user can make changes in the permission management The following icon identifies a super user Rules for super users There is at least one role whose users have the super user status In the roles management under Options Roles manag...

Page 280: ...management all entries have a check mark is not equivalent to a role with super user status As well as always having all permissions by definition roles with super user status also have additional permissions that cannot be assigned to other users For this reason the permissions of these roles cannot be edited all check marks are always set in the permission management BATCH Control Center 9 2 Spe...

Page 281: ...s management in the BatchCC Certain individual rights are defined for each role This allows precise rights to be defined for every operator of the batch process cell To adapt the individual permissions and the permissions for computers and units in the Permission management dialog you require a user that has been assigned the role of super user in the role management Note Permission management on ...

Page 282: ...p or user to the Configured groups and users box with the red arrow button Note Detailed information You will find detailed information about the procedure in the SIMATIC Logon online help and manual You will find the manual in the Windows start menu using the menu command Start SIMATIC Documentation Language SIMATIC Logon 6 Confirm your settings by clicking the Save button Note Assignment after r...

Page 283: ...3 In the Individual permissions tab specify the user permissions for each user role BATCH Control Center 9 2 Specifying user permissions SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 283 ...

Page 284: ...les below them 5 Save your newly created user permissions with OK Change user To change the current user logged on in a BATCH application BATCH Recipe Editor BatchCC double click on the logon display on the bottom right of the status line of the BATCH application Alternatively you can click the key symbol or use the Log off command in the Options menu BATCH Control Center 9 2 Specifying user permi...

Page 285: ...ogon can log on Use user name logon and password logon for the logon 9 2 3 Changing user permissions General The user permissions can be modified during runtime in other words while you are creating a recipe or editing something User rights can only be changed by one person at any one time You cannot edit individual permissions of the super user role Requirement To change or adapt the user permiss...

Page 286: ...permissions Procedure 1 Select the menu command Options Permission management in the BatchCC The Individual permissions tab of the Permission management dialog is opened 2 You can display information about the permissions of all user roles in the Individual permissions tab To do this navigate through the tree structure of the user roles or user groups functions 3 In the Computers and units tab you...

Page 287: ...essary permissions for operation in the user management You might need to assign a new individual permission to the corresponding role to ensure that you retain the configured functional scope Structure of the info file The SIMATIC BATCH version the generation date of the html file and a note about ID numbers used which do not reference SIMATIC BATCH appear in the header The chapters listed in the...

Page 288: ...n which unit Every role shown is listed as a link referencing the corresponding role and the individual permissions 9 2 6 Setting up the emergency operator Automatic logon of standard user or emergency operator You can set up an emergency operator in SIMATIC BATCH using SIMATIC Logon When a logged on user logs off in BatchCC the specified user is automatically logged on as an emergency operator in...

Page 289: ...s are displayed in the left hand editing window because they do not yet exist To be able to use the batch relevant process cell data created in the engineering system ES this data must first be read into SIMATIC BATCH To do this create a new process cell in the BATCH Control Center Requirement The batch process cell data created in the engineering system ES has been downloaded from the engineering...

Page 290: ...in the Engineering System ES has been downloaded from the engineering station to the runtime computer of the BATCH server What has been changed or added in the basic engineering Before you decide on an update in the Preview tab you can display all changes made between the current process cell data currently loaded in Batch and the new process cell data If you want to update the data later click th...

Page 291: ...ged to the Release invalid status Depending on the project settings they can now be edited and they can be released again In the overview lists Page 259 you can for example release the recipes with one action by selecting several rows and the command Release for production shortcut menu Batch status changes with Updating the process cell Batches with the status blocked and released are automatical...

Page 292: ...s Select the object with a missing assignment in the left hand window In the upper right hand window select the value that is not assigned and double click on the object 4 Repeat step 3 for all objects that are not assigned and then confirm your changes by clicking the OK button in the dialog Result The process cell data is updated During this time the process cell is locked for editing The proces...

Page 293: ...l material management If you have a central material management department in your company you can also write the materials to the Batch data management Batch CDV using the user interface API of SIMATIC BATCH Rules The material or quality can have a maximum of 255 characters The material code is alphanumeric and can have a maximum of 16 characters The quality code is numeric and be set in the rang...

Page 294: ...mands New and Properties in the shortcut menu for the Materials folder in the tree Modifying and deleting Using the shortcut menu commands Properties and Delete you can modify or delete existing materials 9 4 2 Changing the quality Proceed as follows 1 Select the quality BatchCC in the Materials folder 2 Select the menu command Edit Properties 3 Change the settings for the quality in the Quality d...

Page 295: ...U UHFLSH IRU WHVWLQJ 5HOHDVH PDVWHU UHFLSH IRU SURGXFWLRQ QR 6HH ORZFKDUW RZ WR UHDWH GLW LEUDU 2SHUDWLRQV 5HVXOW PDVWHU UHFLSH VWRUHG LQ DWFK XQGHU ಯPDVWHU UHFLSHVಯ I UHT FKDQJH KHDGHU SURSHUWLHV I UHT DVVLJQ IRUPXOD FDWHJRU 5HOHDVH PDVWHU UHFLSH IRU WHVWLQJ 5HOHDVH PDVWHU UHFLSH IRU SURGXFWLRQ PSRUW 6 GDWD LQWR 6 0 7 7 0HHW UHTXLUHPHQWV VHH 6 FRQILJXUDWLRQ QR 6 UHTXLUHPHQWV PHW 6WDUW DWFK QVHUW ...

Page 296: ...W OLEUDU UHIHUHQFH 6DYH PDVWHU UHFLSH 6HH ORZFKDUW RZ WR UHDWH GLW D 5HFLSH 5HVXOW LEUDU RSHUDWLRQ LV VWRUHG LQ DWFK XQGHU ಯ LEUDULHVಯ I QHF FKDQJH RSHUDWLRQ KHDGHU SURSHUWLHV 5HOHDVH OLEUDU RSHUDWLRQ IRU WHVWLQJ 5HOHDVH OLEUDU RSHUDWLRQ IRU SURGXFWLRQ 7 5HFLSH GLWRU DWFK HV HV 6WDUW 7 5HFLSH GLWRU PSRUW 6 GDWD LQWR 6 0 7 7 0HHW UHTXLUHPHQWV VHH 6 FRQILJXUDWLRQ QR 6 UHTXLUHPHQWV PHW 6WDUW DWFK QVH...

Page 297: ...his outside the master recipe in external formulas belonging to a formula category In this case a formula category is assigned to a master recipe The parameters of the master recipe are then interconnected with those of the formula category the parameters that can be manipulated by an operator using a formula during batch planning are marked In the formula category the parameters are listed with t...

Page 298: ...tween the master recipe and external formula After assigning the master recipe and formula category the parameters for the input materials output materials and process parameters still need to be interconnected The advantage of this is that you can use independent parameter names in the formula category of a master recipe After assigning a formula category to a master recipe you specify the refere...

Page 299: ...selected a method on which the more detailed description of the actions is oriented You can also use master recipes without using the formula category and formulas objects In this case the material and production data formula are set in the properties of the master recipe Configuring a master recipe The schematic below shows a recommended sequence for configuring a master recipe in BatchCC It illu...

Page 300: ...WV UHDWH WKH IRUPXOD FDWHJRU UHDWH IRUPXOD EHORZ IRUPXOD FDWHJRU 6SHFLI SURSHUWLHV RI IRUPXOD FDWHJRU ವ SDUDPHWHU QDPH ವ DWD W SH RQO IRU SURFHVV SDUDPHWHUV ವ XQLW RI PHDVXUH GG SURSHUWLHV IRU PDVWHU UHFLSH ವ reference to new formula category 6SHFLI SURSHUWLHV RI IRUPXOD ವ 3DUDPHWHU YDOXHV ವ reference to master recipe SDQG SURSHUWLHV RI PDVWHU UHFLSH ವ QWHUFRQQHFW SDUDPHWHUV EHWZHHQ PDVWHU UHFLSH ...

Page 301: ... recipe is inserted as a object The master recipe is in the initial status In Progress and can now be edited Additional editing You can now continue to edit the master recipe either using the shortcut menu for the object or alternatively via Edit in the menu bar Creating the recipe topology Page 521 To edit the master recipe open the object with the Open menu command The BATCH Recipe Editor is the...

Page 302: ...ways in which you can open the Properties of Recipe name tab In the BATCH Recipe Editor See section BATCH Recipe Editor In BatchCC described below Follow these steps in BatchCC 1 Select the master recipe in the Master recipes or in one of its subfolders in the BatchCC 2 Select the menu item Edit Properties Result The Properties of the recipe name dialog is displayed with the header parameters In t...

Page 303: ...egory has already been created See also section Relationship between header parameters formula category and formula Page 297 Interconnecting parameters After assigning the master recipe and formula category the parameters still need to be interconnected After assigning a formula category to a master recipe you specify the reference to the parameters in the formula category in the properties dialog...

Page 304: ...ws Specifying the properties of the formula category Page 304 Creating a new external formula Page 305 9 5 4 6 Specifying the formula category properties Proceed as follows in the BatchCC 1 Select the formula category in the Formulas folder or in one of its subfolders 2 Select the menu command Edit Properties Result The dialog box Properties of category name is displayed In the tab dialogs the str...

Page 305: ... you have to create the corresponding formula category Page 304 first 2 Select the menu command Edit New 3 Enter the name and version of the new formula in the dialog that follows Result The new formula is inserted as a object In the properties dialog for the formula you can now enter the required information for the materials quantities and quality The parameters of the higher level formula categ...

Page 306: ...erties of formula name is displayed The possible range of values for the parameters of the formula are displayed as the upper and lower limits 3 Enter the required parameter values and select the corresponding master recipe Note In the Master recipe input field you can select those master recipes to which the formula category of the present formula has already been assigned If the required master ...

Page 307: ...een recipe header parameters formula category and formula Page 297 9 5 4 9 Interconnecting master recipe header parameters with external formula Interconnecting parameters After assigning the master recipe and formula category the parameters of the input materials and process parameters must still be interconnected Perform the parameter interconnection for the master recipe in the properties dialo...

Page 308: ...reating new parameters you can use this to check whether a parameter of the same name at a different level will be overwritten and if this is the case you can see the level at which the parameter exists 5 Confirm the references with OK The header parameter is connected to the parameter of the external formula using the parameter of the formula category provided this master recipe was already assig...

Page 309: ...r recipes of a selected area Apart from the properties from the tree this list also shows the author and date of the last modification Using the shortcut menu for the list object you can select the available functions in the same way as in the tree structure alternative editing method BATCH Control Center 9 5 Recipes SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 309 ...

Page 310: ... formula overview provides you with a list of all the formulas of a selected area Apart from the properties from the tree this list also shows the author and date of the last modification Using the context menu for the list object you can select the available functions in the same way as in the tree structure alternative editing method BATCH Control Center 9 5 Recipes SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 310 Operat...

Page 311: ...verview Select the required area by first selecting a formula folder in the tree and then selecting the menu command Edit Details BATCH Control Center 9 5 Recipes SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 311 ...

Page 312: ...Q WKH LEUDU IROGHU LQ DWFK QVHUW D OLEUDU UHIHUHQFH LQ WKH PDVWHU UHFLSH 7 5HFLSH GLWRU Principle of the procedure You create reusable library operations in the BATCH Recipe Editor For hierarchical recipes as a structure of recipe phases RPHs For flat recipes as a structure in substructures recipe operations ROPs and recipe phases RPHs A library operation for hierarchical recipes is created for ea...

Page 313: ...ies of the library objects Page 576 9 5 6 Status and validity of recipes 9 5 6 1 Status changes and validation Status changes and validation of master recipes and library operations The initial status of a newly created master recipe or library operation is always In progress You can bring about status changes using the appropriate commands For batch planning the master recipe must be valid Status...

Page 314: ...ns in the Test ing release status are checked automatically If the check is successful the master recipes and library op erations are returned to their original status If the test ing is unsuccessful the elements will be transferred to the status Release invalid They can now be edited and depending on the project settings they can be re leased again Difference between releasing for testing and rel...

Page 315: ... com mand The release can be started without first running the validation check In this case a validation test is run automatically in the background UHOHDVH UHYRNHG Revoke release menu command If a formula had already been released the release can be revoked for example to make modifications This is also the status if you make modifications in the properties dialogs Requirements for batch control...

Page 316: ...You can use the validation control at any time Validation does not change the recipe status External validation Validation is possible based on modules that can be created and modified externally plug in modules The SIMATIC BATCH Plugin Concept documentation describes how to program these modules How to register these modules and activate their functions in SIMATIC BATCH is explained in the sectio...

Page 317: ...sed for production status If errors occur in the validation then these deficiencies are displayed and the recipe status remains in in progress The release can also be executed in the BATCH Recipe Editor Note If the recipe is open in the BATCH Recipe Editor you can go from the error list to the part of the recipe causing the error by double clicking on the list entry 9 5 6 5 Validating formulas Def...

Page 318: ... If the function is given graded permissions a distinction can be made be tween testing the functionality for example a test mode with water and production Released for production This status indicates that the recipe has been tested for normal production Following the command Revoke re lease or Configure process cell the recipe changes to the Release revoked status Release revoked If a recipe has...

Page 319: ...ula of this process cell change to the testing release status Release invalid After updating the process cell data the formula in the Testing release status are checked automatically If the testing is unsuccessful the elements will be transferred to the status Release invalid A formula that is already open and being edited is locked to prevent access by other operators This is indicated as locked ...

Page 320: ...s all the data required for production This includes the recipe header data the recipe topology the input materials the output materials the parameter list and the procedural rules Principle The recipe data for a report is provided centrally from the Batch database In BatchCC you can print out the report for a master recipe for documentation purposes or view it in the print preview Procedure in Ba...

Page 321: ...t can be exported imported Libraries Master recipes Formula categories Format The exported data are saved to a file with the sbx file extension Compatibility You can export beginning with version V6 1 Export data from the current or an older SIMATIC BATCH version are supported for importing Performance When exporting importing large recipes you should only export one large recipe at a time into a ...

Page 322: ...alog then appears 4 Select the storage location and file name for the export file here 9 5 8 3 Importing with the wizard Principle of importing The import wizard is ordinarily used to export and reintegrate individual process cell data The process cell data are exported from a source process cell see previous section and then imported into the target process cell The source and target process cell...

Page 323: ...to provide the interconnected parameters in the recipe header a reference in the new formula category The import wizard preassigns the parameters where possible You will also need to check and where necessary correct these assignments Parameters can only be assigned when the target data type and unit of measure of the original parameter match the data type and unit of measure of the assigned param...

Page 324: ...categories are imported according to your settings All formulas in a formula category are always included in the import 9 5 8 4 Tooltips and shortcut menu of the import wizard Tooltips in the dialog boxes of the wizard Tooltips are shown when you hold the mouse pointer over the list elements Tooltips contain information such as name object ID and or unit Shortcut menu in the dialog boxes of the wi...

Page 325: ...ocations When generating the BatchML structure you must always maintain the structure and syntax we specify By calling the CreateBatch COM API function with BatchML which you have manually adapted a batch is created in the BATCH Control Center with the master recipe used The Options Import function in BatchCC provides another option for importing The file format BatchML files xml is provided Impor...

Page 326: ...nstructions Monitoring Properties of parameters such as setpoint ID visible externally or modifiable are not imported Transfer parameters process tags and electronic signatures as well as adaptation of Runtime linear or squared for recipe operations are not imported Formulas are not imported Qualities of the main product are not imported Result You use imported batches via COM API in the BATCH Con...

Page 327: ...ompare with is opened You select the object you want to compare in the dialog Open the detail window of a hierarchy folder in BatchCC and select two comparison objects Then select the Compare command in the shortcut menu under Advanced Display of the comparison results Once the two comparison objects have been selected and the comparison was started with the corresponding shortcut menu command the...

Page 328: ... the full path within the overall object recipe library or formula Three column headers Property Value left side and Value right side are displayed vertically Meaning of the commands in the toolbar Icon Command action Prepares a print preview of the filtered comparison results corresponding to the display on the screen but with expanded result blocks Prints out the filtered comparison results corr...

Page 329: ...ght side column are shown hidden in the Value right side column The elements that exist only in the comparison object recipe library or formula in the Value left side column are shown hidden in the Value left side column Additional information Basic principles of the display and interpretation Page 329 Special displays and interpretations Page 333 Formula comparison Page 346 9 5 9 2 Basic principl...

Page 330: ...mple V1 0 is structured as follows and contains the following elements Image 9 7 Master recipe V1 0 In the master recipe named Recipe example V2 0 to be compared changes have been made as follows Image 9 8 Master recipe V2 0 BATCH Control Center 9 5 Recipes SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 330 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 331: ...tributes are shown in the following result blocks The display is influenced by your filter selection from the toolbar The result window contains All elements in the right and left columns that have not changed and or All elements in the right and left columns that have changed and or The elements in the right column that are only present in the comparison object of the right column The elements in...

Page 332: ... for the selected element using the plus sign on the right side The expanded table rows for the comparison element are displayed with a gray background to improve readability The expanded display is referred to as the result block Individual examination of the comparison result Result block 1 Recipe header element The Recipe example V1 0 recipe has been compared with the Recipe example V2 0 recipe...

Page 333: ... in the type context are displayed in the right column Result block 7 Trans_5 element The displayed symbol indicates that the Trans_5 element exists only in the Recipe example V2 0 recipe The values of all attributes available in the type context are dis played in the right column The system internal name is used for transitions 9 5 9 3 Special displays and interpretations Because the explanations...

Page 334: ...h A simultaneous branch has been added The simultaneous branch was added The new simultaneous branch contains three elements in the Recipe example V2 0 recipe Property Value left side Value right side Recipe_example_1 absolute path Recipe Recipe Recipe example Recipe example Version V1 0 V2 0 Last change 08 06 2015 14 36 58 UTC 2 00 01 06 2015 11 06 05 UTC 2 00 Additional attributes AND_3 Absolute...

Page 335: ...ranch Comment Alternative Number of subelements 3 Elements by which the alternative branch was added The number of elements in the alternative branch has been changed The alternative branch named OR_11 has been changed The alternative branch contains three elements in the Recipe example V1 0 recipe and four elements in the Recipe example V2 0 recipe Property Value left side Value right side Recipe...

Page 336: ...ing node ID1 Yes Synchronization point node ID2 ROP_4 ROP_6 Comment node ID2 Blocking node ID2 Yes Synchronization point node ID3 ROP_8 ROP_9 Comment node ID3 Blocking node ID3 Yes The number of connections to the synchronization line has been changed The synchronization line was changed Two elements are connected to the synchronization line in the Recipe example V1 0 recipe and three elements in ...

Page 337: ...d SyncNode 2 2 Comment The Blocking property was set to No at the connection point NodeID2 Property Value left side Value right side Recipe_example_1 Absolute path Recipe Recipe Recipe example Recipe example Version V1 0 V2 0 Last change 08 06 2015 14 36 58 UTC 2 00 01 06 2015 11 06 05 UTC 2 00 Additional attributes Sync_15 Absolute path Synchronization line Comment SyncLine comment Number of conn...

Page 338: ... S Monitoring time 00 S Overwrite runtime No Scaling the runtime ESIG activated No The number of elements in the monitoring container has been changed The monitoring container named Monitoring has been changed The monitoring container contains two elements in the Recipe example V1 0 recipe and three elements in the Recipe example V2 0 recipe Property Value left side Value right side Recipe_example...

Page 339: ...ed elements 3 4 Elements that were added in the monitored area Recipe loop A recipe loop has been added The recipe loop was added The recipe loop contains two elements in the Recipe example V2 0 recipe Property Value left side Value right side Recipe_example_1 Absolute path Recipe Recipe Recipe example Recipe example Version V1 0 V2 0 Last change 08 06 2015 14 36 58 UTC 2 00 01 06 2015 11 06 05 UT...

Page 340: ...rans_4 The name of the transition is located in the absolute path The condition itself is represented by the attributes The example corresponds to the condition U3_String value from RUP_2 unit must not have the value ERROR Property Value left side Value right side Recipe_example_1 Absolute path Recipe Recipe Recipe example Recipe example Version V1 0 V2 0 Last change 08 06 2015 14 36 58 UTC 2 00 0...

Page 341: ...eck mark is set at the global attribute Activate in the property dialog of the corresponding object recipe recipe function etc in the ESIG tab In addition at least one ESIG must be configured Here is an example for a newly inserted ESIG for a recipe with all available recipe specific actions for which ESIGs are possible Abort batch Resume batch Release batch Unlock Property Value left side Value r...

Page 342: ...14 36 58 UTC 2 00 01 06 2015 11 06 05 UTC 2 00 ESIG activated Yes No Additional attributes ESIG Electronic signature Abort batch ESIG Specified signature sequence No Yes Action for which an ESIG is possible has been changed The role Superuser has been added for the ESIG for the Abort batch action Property Value left side Value right side Recipe_example_1 Absolute path Recipe Recipe Recipe example ...

Page 343: ...ibrary reference in the hierarchical recipe has been resolved Since substructures are not possible in hierarchical recipes the Resolve substructure command applies here to library references The library reference is displayed as deleted Property Value left side Value right side Recipe_example_1 Absolute path Recipe Recipe Recipe example Recipe example Version V1 0 V2 0 Last change 08 06 2015 14 36...

Page 344: ... Property Value left side Value right side Recipe_example_1 absolute path Recipe Recipe Recipe example Recipe example Version V1 0 V2 0 Last change 08 06 2015 14 36 58 UTC 2 00 01 06 2015 11 06 05 UTC 2 00 Additional attributes Lib_reference_Test_6 absolute path Library element Comment Name LibReferenceTest Description Planned run time 00 S Monitoring time 00 S Overwrite runtime No Scaling the run...

Page 345: ... No Scaling the runtime ESIG activated No Recipe phases included in the resolved substructure Elements in the flat recipe in a substructure have been hidden All elements that are hidden in the substructure are shown as deleted and the substructure is shown as added Property Value left side Value right side Recipe_example_1 absolute path Recipe Recipe Recipe example Recipe example Version V1 0 V2 0...

Page 346: ...a and not in the other formula within a formula category Thus only attributes can be changed Comparing formulas Property Value left side Value right side FormP1 absolute path Formula Name FormP1 FormP1 Version V1 0 V2 0 Recipe Recipe example Recipe example Last change 08 06 2015 14 36 58 UTC 2 00 01 06 2015 11 06 05 UTC 2 00 Input material 1 Absolute path Input material Setpoint 11 21 Material nam...

Page 347: ...VVLQJ I QHF FKDQJH IRUPXOD DQG XQLW DOORFDWLRQ 5HVXOW RQWURO UHFLSH IRU PDNLQJ EDWFKHV LV FUHDWHG 5HOHDVH EDWFKHV What can be planned A production order specifies which product will be manufactured Batches can be assigned to a the production order manually or automatically The recipe on which the batch is based specifies the production process and the duration of the unit allocation BATCH Control ...

Page 348: ...ntical in both cases The procedure for working with formulas is described below Configuring batches With SIMATIC BATCH you can schedule batches and specify the chronological order of several batches without having to release the batches immediately for production Batches can be derived from production orders The sequence shown below is the recommended order for configuring production orders with b...

Page 349: ...master recipe or to a released master recipe without a formula category assignment You can specify the batch quantity and Start mode for every batch By chaining the batches you can define the order in which they are processed Note Excluding blocking effects with batches Depending on the current status of the batches the batch structure the number of released batches and their start mode it is poss...

Page 350: ...hen have two options as to how you continue the configuration 1st option You do not want to create specific batches yet Simply confirm the settings made up to now with OK at this point Result The production order is inserted as an object in BatchCC Later you can add batches to this order and set the actual properties for each batch See also section Adding batches to a production order Page 354 2nd...

Page 351: ...ches with the New button You then make the settings for the batch quantity Start mode formula etc Working with the master batch Select a batch in the table and then press Copy the selected batch then gets the status of a master batch and all subsequently created batches have the property of a master batch Automatic Using the Automatic button is a convenient method of calculating batches for a spec...

Page 352: ...The reference scale standard of the quantity has been previously configured If you set a value outside the limits set by the minimum and maximum scale the value is corrected to the limit value 7 If necessary change the Start mode and start time in the Mode and Start table cells 8 Confirm all your entries with OK Result The information about the number of batches and the total batch quantity of the...

Page 353: ...atches and the amount of each batch is calculated automatically and created so that the total amount is produced 9 6 2 4 Displaying the properties of a production order Procedure in BatchCC 1 Select the production order in the Orders folder in BatchCC 2 Select the menu command Edit Properties BATCH Control Center 9 6 Batch Planning SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 353 ...

Page 354: ... all batches in the or der is displayed Updated by BatchCC Unit of measure Unit of measure for the amounts Updated by BatchCC Earliest start and lat est end for the batches Time window for processing the batches Cannot be modified Batches Number of batches for this or der Updated by BatchCC Legend Changes can only be made with the creation of a new production order If batches have different units ...

Page 355: ... Opening the control recipe for the batch Page 371 9 6 2 6 Specifying the properties of the batch There are three ways in which you can specify the properties of batches When creating a new production order see section Assigning batches to a production order Page 351 When supplementing a batch for the production order see section Adding batches to a production order Page 354 Later for an existing ...

Page 356: ...h quantity Setting the Start mode for batch processing Page 357 Displaying and modifying unit allocation Page 357 Displaying and modifying formula parameters Page 359 Displaying the chaining of the batch and changing if necessary Page 359 Displaying the run time of a batch Page 362 3 Make all the settings you require for the batch and confirm with OK Result After it is enabled the batch can be pro...

Page 357: ...sing Procedure in BatchCC 1 In the Orders folder in BatchCC select the object Batch below the production order 2 Select the menu item Edit Properties Result The dialog Properties of batch name is displayed 3 In the Start mode input field select Operator Immediate or Time driven 4 You must also set a start time and date 5 Confirm with OK BATCH Control Center 9 6 Batch Planning SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Op...

Page 358: ...times are relative to the start of the batch and take into account the actual quantity of the batch If necessary you can adapt the unit allocation in the properties dialog of the batch Note The allocation times of the units are planning values used to optimize the use of facilities Please remember that these allocation times are not exactly the same as the actual times required for batch control P...

Page 359: ...he possible range of values are displayed as the upper and lower limits 5 Confirm changes with OK 9 6 2 10 Displaying the chaining of a batch In the properties dialog of a charge you can display any chaining of the batch and set and change the start mode Procedure in the BatchCC 1 In the Orders folder in the BatchCC select the object Batch below the production order 2 Select the menu item Edit Pro...

Page 360: ...ode Rule 3 Minimum intervals for chaining batches GAP time The GAP time guarantees a minimum interval between two chained batches In the start mode time driven a time based offset t to the predecessor batch results depending on the planned starting time of the successor batch At a configured GAP time t the actual time offset corresponds to the GAP time at a GAP time t the time offset is equal to t...

Page 361: ...ly for start chainings in the case of correct interpretation Procedure in BatchCC 1 Select the menu command Planning Set batch order Result The Set batch order dialog box opens All batches and their start and end times are displayed on the left 2 Select the correct time range on the right 3 Select a planned batch in the time window that you want to chain with another batch 4 Select the Chain with ...

Page 362: ...st Instead shift the time window until the batch to be chained is visible in the time segment If you select the batch and use the Go to Predecessor command in the shortcut menu you will jump to the predecessor in the time window 9 6 2 12 Displaying the run time of a batch Procedure in the BatchCC 1 In the Orders folder in the BatchCC select the object Batch below the production order 2 Select Edit...

Page 363: ...er Units section An allocation conflict can only be clearly indicated when the Preferred unit allocation strategy is exclusively used To select the unit allocation overview Select the menu command Planning Unit allocation In the upper left area you can display the units and corresponding batches In the lower left area the batches are displayed at the first level and then the required units This al...

Page 364: ...out conflict Gray bar Batches with a run time longer than six hours The icon to the left of the bar indicates the current status of the batch BATCH Control Center 9 6 Batch Planning SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 364 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 365: ...clicking on the area between the two arrows Continuous expansion and reduction of the time scale The visible time range for example one week can be reduced for example two hours or expanded for example ten days By clicking on the area between the two arrows while holding down the Ctrl button you can zoom the time scale Move the mouse to the left the times scale is reduced Move the mouse to the rig...

Page 366: ...ically calculated limit values in the displayed tooltip These limits calculated dynamically by the system are based on the candidate list and the assignment strategy of the respective RUP hierarchical recipe or of the respective RPH flat recipe If the set nominal value is within the recipe limits calculated by the system then no parameter limits are violated when releasing the control recipe batch...

Page 367: ... values have been adjusted they are checked against the limits of all possible units If the result of this check is that no unit fulfills the limits then release of the control recipe is refused with a corresponding message When checking the adjusted nominal values the limits from engineering are always used and never the dynamically calculated limits of the recipe The dynamically calculated limit...

Page 368: ...l candidates is entered for the nominal value to be adjusted To present this clearly the nominal values are displayed in green see Figure 2 To make recipe design easier for the recipe creator the limit values within which the nominal value can be without violating the nominal value limits for mix quantities between the lowest BATCH Control Center 9 6 Batch Planning SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 368 Operating...

Page 369: ... indicated as the preferred unit then the values from the corresponding function operation here lower limit 0 and upper limit 100 are displayed as the lower upper limit in black see Fig 3 The tooltip limits are then as follows Adjusted parameter of lower limit 1000 100 0 0 Adjusted parameter of upper limit 1000 5000 100 20 Image 9 11 Fig 3 Display of nominal limits in candidate mode with preferred...

Page 370: ...ere the upper limit of 1500 Kg for single dosages is not exceeded the batch is released Amount of mix 6 000kg As the mixed volume is 6 times greater than the standard mix the nominal value is adjusted in case of linear adjustment from 250kg to 1 500kg Here there are 4 single dosages of 1500kg resulting in a total volume of 6000kg in the container There is an overdosage of 1000kg in the container a...

Page 371: ...n be displayed in the corresponding recipe elements in the control recipe window Icon Description Electronic signature necessary Operator dialog exists Recipe element locked being processed Recipe element running Breakpoint set Error Path of the recipe element Comment on the property 9 6 3 3 Overview of the control recipes In BatchCC in addition to the open control recipe window you can also open ...

Page 372: ...cating the batch status are shown in the order folder of the tree structure and in the batch lists Planning Status and Result in the BATCH Control Center The table below shows you which status symbols can be displayed in which batch lists Symbol Status Meaning Planning list Status list Results list Planned The batch was created as a new batch in batch planning X Release prepared While releasing th...

Page 373: ...heck is success ful the batches are returned to their original status If the testing is unsuc cessful the elements will be transfer red to the status Release invalid Such batches must no longer be used and can only be deleted X X Release invalid X X Additional status The following symbols indicate other batch statuses in addition to those listed above These symbols are superimposed on the type sym...

Page 374: ...e recipe status remains planned If no errors occur the control recipe is created Processing of the batch is started depending on the Start mode This assumes that the units required for the start of the control recipe are free If errors occur in communication between BatchCC and the BATCH server Batch control server the batch only changes to the Release prepared status After communication between B...

Page 375: ...es function allows you to enter one or more electronic signatures in the form of dialogs similar to the logon prompts normal in Windows when defined actions are taken with BATCH objects such as batches recipes recipe elements etc If an electronic signature is not entered this prevents the corresponding operator action being taken The entered signature data is saved in the batch history or in the r...

Page 376: ...CC select the batch the master recipe or the library operation and then select the Edit Properties menu command or select the recipe procedure the recipe unit procedure the recipe operation the recipe phase or the transition in the BATCH Recipe Editor and then select the Edit Object properties menu command Result The Properties of objectname dialog box opens 2 Change to the ESIG tab in the figure ...

Page 377: ...he signatures must be entered in a specific order per action if more than one signature is required 3 The All at once check box is always selected for all operator actions this represents the default and cannot be modified When more than one signature is required per operator action all signatures must be entered at the same time in other words all electronic signatures of all required roles must ...

Page 378: ...the entry of the signatures can be started assuming that you have configured electronic signatures for the object Requirement The SIMATIC Logon software verifies the logon data This means that SIMATIC Logon must be installed on the BATCH clients Initial situation After an operator action the SIMATIC BATCH Sign dialog box opens automatically As the representative of a user role you are prompted to ...

Page 379: ...og To sign operator actions or the editing of recipes you can now also force entry of a comment This means that the operator or the person who is required to sign electronically per user role is forced to enter a comment in the comment field of the Sign dialog in addition to signing electronically Only then can he close the dialog with the OK button Requirement To configure in the BATCH Control Ce...

Page 380: ...atch can be processed the following requirements must be met The PCS 7 OS system must be operating in runtime mode online The SFC type instances or BATCH interface blocks must be known to the PCS 7 OS data manager The bus connection between the PCS 7 operator stations OS and the automation systems AS must be active The batches for the control recipes must have been generated already in other words...

Page 381: ...UWHG DXWRPDWLFDOO 9LHZ RI FRQWURO UHFLSH ZLWK EXWWRQV IRU FRQWURO 9LVXDOL DWLRQ RI WKH VWHSV DQG WUDQVLWLRQV ZLWUK VHWSRLQW GLVSOD DQG VWDWXV GLVSOD V KDQJH WKH SDUDPHWHU YDOXHV LQ WKH REMHFW SURSHUWLHV 3UHVV RQH RI WKH EXWWRQV ಯ3DXVHರ ಯ ROGರ ಯ5HVXPH VWHSರ ಯ RPSOHWH VWHSರ ಯ ERUW VWHSರ ಯ6WRS VWHSರ ಯ5HVHW VWHSರ DWFK LV FORVHG The activities involved in batch control are as follows Opening the contro...

Page 382: ...l is informed and takes the required action Visualization and operator control of the batches In BatchCC the control recipe for a batch can be opened The presentation of the control recipe corresponds to that of the BATCH Recipe Editor While a batch is being made the states of steps and transitions are displayed color coded The dynamic display of events on the monitor also allows an operator to in...

Page 383: ...eaction if Start allocation is not selected The batch then changes to the waiting status In other words the batch runs and waits until unit A is released Chaining batches If you want the batches to be processed in a specific order regardless of the order in which they were released you can also chain batches For each planned batch you can specify which batch must be started and which batch must be...

Page 384: ...ation NOP without runtime The individual recipe phases RPHs in the recipe shown only contain NOPs configured without a runtime Since this recipe manages without feedback from the process or runtimes of the recipe phases it is good for demonstrating how SIMATIC BATCH AS based works In the example we are assuming that the UNIT_PLC block is installed in OB 32 BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SI...

Page 385: ... call The result can be seen in the following diagram The status of all recipe elements is sent to the BATCH control server within 34 ms via the direct communication channel of the BATCH control server BCS and the AS Image 9 13 Online view of the control recipe in the BCC status completed and completing BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 ...

Page 386: ...ng diagram In such cases it takes several seconds for the batch to be processed Image 9 14 Online view of the control recipe in the BCC status running Note Control recipe is run through once Once a batch has been started the entire control recipe is run through once without consideration of the time set in the MaxCyclRun parameter BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 386 Opera...

Page 387: ...rchical recipe Within a recipe unit procedure RUP the individual recipe operations ROPs are executed in sequence accordingly If the ROPs of different RUPs of a recipe procedure are synchronized several recipe operations in different RUPs can be started at the same time Within a recipe operation the individual steps recipe phases EPHs and transitions step enabling conditions are also executed seque...

Page 388: ...tatus completed when the synchronization is complete 9 8 3 5 Status changes of equipment phases SIMATIC BATCH uses so called equipment phases EPE Equipment Procedural Elements for the recipe sequence This can be of the type EPH or EOP To ensure problem free cooperation with the overlying control the equipment phase must provide the following main states final states the transitional states are opt...

Page 389: ...7 1 5 680 1 5 6 7 67 57 2 2 2 1 5 680 67 57 203 7 203 7 257 257 1 67233 217 18286 READY TO COMPLETE and COMPLETED The following must be differentiated relative to an equipment phase A self terminating equipment phase After it has run such a phase changes to the COMPLETED status A non self terminating equipment phase Once it has run such a phase changes to the READY TO COMPLETE status In the READY ...

Page 390: ... for recipe steps you can execute these status changes manually for example during commissioning Additional information Operator commands for recipe steps Page 416 BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 390 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 391: ...es Statuses of a batch The schematic below shows the possible statuses and status changes of a batch depending on the existing status BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 391 ...

Page 392: ...G LPPHGLD WHO ROG LPPHGLDWHO ROG LPPHGLDWHO ROG LPPHGLD WHO 3DXVH DIWHU VWHS FRPSOHWHG 5HOHDVH LQYDOLG ORFNHG DQFHOHG 3ODQQHG FRPSOHWLQJ FDQFHO FDQFHO UHOHDVH ORFN XQORFN VWDUW UHOHDVH 2 2 HOHWH REMHFW HOHWH REMHFW H O H W H R E M H F W 8SGDWH SURFHVV FHOO HOHWH REMHFW H O H W H R E M H F W H OH WH R E MH F W HOHWH REMHFW HOHWH REMHFW FORVH VWRS DERUW WHQGHG 6WDWXV UURU 8SGDWH SURFHVV FHOO 2 8SGDW...

Page 393: ...blem has been resolved the batch can be resumed using RESUME aborted using ABORT or stopped using STOP 2 A batch is only in the WAITING status when it is waiting for its first unit to be allocated 3 CLOSED and ARCHIVED are additional labels which continue to show whether the batch was completed or aborted 4 Batch valid is an interim status in normal conditions and a status in an error case assumin...

Page 394: ... on its existing status Note All external clients such as API clients must comply with this diagram to ensure compatibility with future versions All clients that receive recipe results must be prepared for the optional statuses for future software versions BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 394 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 395: ...WRUV QWHUQDO UHVHW WUDQVLWLRQV DQG PRQLWRUV KLOG REMHFW DFWLY KLOG REMHFW DFWLY HJHQG 0DQGDWRU VWDWH 6WDWH 6WDWH 2SWLRQDO VWDWH 5HFLSH VWHSV GRHV QRW KDYH WR UHDFK WKH VWDWH RQ LWV FKDQJH WR PDQGDWRU VWDWH RPPDQG 6WDWH FKDQJH E FRPPDQG 5HJXODU VWDWH FKDQJH 8QXVXDO RU LQWHUQDO VWDWH FKDQJH 2 LQ 6WDUWLQJ 5XQQLQJ 5HDG RQWLQXRXV 3DXVHG LQJ 6WRSSHG LQJ H FHSW FRQWLQXRXV 3 86 LQ 6WDUWLQJ 5XQQLQJ 5HDG XQ...

Page 396: ...cipe phase takes on the status of the SFC for example 9 8 3 8 Self terminating and non self terminating recipe phase Self terminating recipe phase and and non self terminating recipe phase For a self terminating recipe phase the normal transition is from IDLE to RUNNING to COMPLETED The flowchart of a self terminating recipe phase is shown below 3 ODJV 6WDWXV OORFDWLRQ 53 ODJV 6WDWXV OORFDWLRQ 53 ...

Page 397: ...5HVHW RFFXSLHG 5HVHW 203 7 5811 1 FPG RPSOHWH Example of a self terminating and a non self terminating recipe function Dosing is a self terminating process i e the function runs autonomously until it reaches the Completed status The Dosing process is reset by the recipe control and the subsequent Heating phase is started Agitate is a non self terminating process i e the function reports Ready_TC r...

Page 398: ...e are new setpoints This is the case prior to starting when there is a change of control strategy or after parameter changes when a phase is active This gives the equipment phase the opportunity of checking the setpoints and preventing the start with the start lock BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 398 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 399: ...pe phase only writes the setpoints without the ISTART input Instead the recipe phase writes the IPARAM input to inform the equipment phase that there are new setpoints The equipment phase then checks the setpoints and resets the IPARAM input and the start lock Even when the equipment phase reaches the HELD status it can still set the start lock to prevent a RESUME No parameter trigger is necessary...

Page 400: ... an ROP an agitator is not switched off and at the beginning of the subsequent ROP it does not need to be switched on again Flowchart Below you can see the flow chart of a non self terminating equipment phase set to continuous operation During the changeover the equipment phase remains in the READY TO COMPLETE status Instead of terminating the equipment phase the first recipe phase simply sets the...

Page 401: ...5 XQWLO QH W 53 VWDUWV DJDLQ 5 5 5 3 ODJV 6WDWXV OORFDWLRQ 53 FRQWLQX ODJV 6WDWXV OORFDWLRQ 53 5HFLSH SKDVH 3 TXLSPHQW SKDVH 7LPH FPG 5811 1 5 6 5 6 2 7 2 7 2 7 ULWH 6HWSRLQWV DQG 6WDUW 5811 1 5HDG 6HWSRLQWV DQG FWXDO 9DOXHV 5 6 5 6 6WDUW RFFXSLHG 5811 1 FPG 5 6 2 7 5811 1 2 7 6WDUW FRQWLQX DWLRQ BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 401 ...

Page 402: ...ring the second step of the filling with quantity Y The block I Os of the SFC must be supplied for all instances of Agitate in the ES configuration ENASTART 1 allows restarting even if the SFC is still running SELFCOMP 0 SFC does not complete autonomously In the Recipe Editor the Continue check box must be activated in the General tab of the Properties dialog box for the Agitation recipe phase tha...

Page 403: ...BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 403 ...

Page 404: ...on in the section Automatic complete obsolete Project setting The project setting in the group Batches is read when the batch is created and is valid for the entire runtime of the batch The information about which project setting the batch ran with is also stored in the batch archive You can change the project setting at any time Batches that have already ben created are no longer influenced by th...

Page 405: ... arrows as circle If a recipe operation contains a recipe phase with the Continue label the Continue symbol is also displayed in the active ROP The figure below for example shows the following The released extended equipment phase HeatingEOP CS1 in the status Completed and Continue Inheritance of the Continue symbol of the step SFCTypEPH CS1 to the ROP of the RUP Unit 2 BATCH Control Center 9 8 Ba...

Page 406: ... end of an RUP or with flat recipes at the end of the batch becomes obsolete If you still want automatic complete to continue integrate a non continuous recipe phase continue not activated within the existing master recipe For hierarchical recipes at the end of an RUP For flat recipes at the end of a batch BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 406 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35...

Page 407: ...age 1117 Abort step Page 1118 9 8 4 Starting batch control 9 8 4 1 Working with lists for Batch Control Selecting lists for batch control Select an object in the Orders folder in the editing window and then select the required list in the Planning menu Batch planning list Batch status list Batch result list Batch planning list The Batch planning list shows all planned released or locked batches Yo...

Page 408: ...unctions relating to batches in the tree once again using the shortcut menu for the object Working in the tree can for example be an advantage if a control recipe window is open at the same time Batch result list The Batch result list shows all the completed aborted stopped and canceled batches The display is updated dynamically Using the shortcut menu for the batch result list you can archive clo...

Page 409: ...The toolbar of BatchCC displays buttons for controlling the processing of the batch When planned batches are opened a validation check is run Overview of the control recipe In BatchCC you can open the control recipe and also a structural overview of the control recipe With more complex control recipes you can go to the relevant point in the control recipe window by clicking on a recipe element in ...

Page 410: ...rrent unit recipe is taken from the current operator picture unit on the OS client Automatically opening a control recipe in BatchCC The command line can be used to pass BatchCC a parameter specifying the control recipe to be opened The parameter or opening the control recipe is B X 0 X specifies the batch ID BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 410 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5...

Page 411: ...o values are merged to a single value by a formula The formula is C ID 10000 T ID Container elements are all elements that are used to hold other elements e g RUP ROP Terminal elements are all elements that do not have a container function and therefore do not contain other elements e g RPH TRANS Examples Open the control recipe with the ID 157 the ROP with the ID 2 and the RPH with the ID 4 sbbat...

Page 412: ...ptions available for the operator Start mode Note You cannot start a batch if it is chained to another batch and this predecessor batch has not yet started or been completed depending on the chaining mode Starting the entire control recipe batch 1 Open the control recipe 2 Click the following button Alternatively use the menu command Control Start Result The batch starts The execution of the contr...

Page 413: ... from a RUP can only be started when the RUP has already been started It is always possible to abort or halt a lower level recipe element Within a sequence only one recipe element may be processed at one time This means for example that if a recipe operation ROP is running no other ROP can be started at the same time in the same sequence or within the same RUP An attempt to start another ROP would...

Page 414: ...ling the batch can no longer be released or started Proceed as follows 1 Select the batch in the batch overview list or in the tree structure BatchCC 2 Select the menu command Control Cancel Result The batch changes to the canceled status 9 8 5 Operator control during batch control 9 8 5 1 Commands for controlling batches With the commands for controlling batches you can start only in the operator...

Page 415: ...s held the steps in progress will not be completed You can stop batches immediately with the Hold immediately command In contrast to the Pause after step command not only the batch itself but also all the recipe phases currently active in the control recipe are held Resume Execution of the con trol recipe is resumed at the point at which it was stopped This command resumes batches that have been h...

Page 416: ...esume or abort all the recipe procedural elements RUP SUB ROP NOP RPH within the hierarchical control recipe The commands Complete step and Reset step are also available With these commands you can also force transitions to enable the next step BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 416 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 417: ...n of the con trol recipe is held at this step the currently active step is execu ted until it is comple ted You can stop active steps RUP SUB ROP with the Pause after step command In con trast to the Hold immediately command this command simply prevents the control recipe from passing control to the next step Active recipe phases of the step are not stopped but continue until they are finished Bat...

Page 418: ...e allocation IDs of all the recipe phases in the step RUP SUB ROP RPH Set remove breakpoint The breakpoint is dis played as a red dot next to the control rec ipe element You can find additional information in the sec tion Setting breakpoints Page 425 SFC visualization Open overview This function opens the overview window of the SFC visualiza tion Double click in the window to display the content R...

Page 419: ...Sign for en tering the electronic signature Select unit Opens a dialog in which you can select an available unit This function can only be used for recipe ele ments that has been configured with an al location strategy Object properties Opens the Object properties dialog from which you can obtain information about the selected ob ject and edit it BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMATIC BATC...

Page 420: ...3 Manual jump Introduction A manual recipe jump describes the ability of the operator to interrupt a recipe and resume it at a different point BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 420 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 421: ... concerned nor will any more breakpoints be active Please note Releasing allocated steps After steps are stopped or aborted they usually remain allocated and therefore must be reset With the new project setting Release recipe element after stop cancel the release occurs automatically directly after aborting or stopping In this case however it should be noted that the aborted or stopped recipe elem...

Page 422: ...ion on project settings the section General Page 728 You will find information on the commands Abort batch and Stop batch in the sections Abort Control menu Page 1065 Stop Control menu Page 1069 9 8 5 4 Time out when transmitting operator commands Time out time window A positive acknowledgment has to be issued from the AS to the BATCH control server BCS within a set time window Otherwise there is ...

Page 423: ... Insert menu Page 534 The control recipe is open Principle An operator instruction during runtime is displayed on all active BatchCCs on which the control recipe is open On all other BatchCCs there is simply a display in the message window An operator confirms responsibility for the operator instruction by clicking the Apply button input is then locked in the dialogs on the other BatchCCs All oper...

Page 424: ...operator can then open BatchCC and execute the action A group display is triggered for the following operator prompts Acknowledge operator dialog Enter the Electronic signature ESIG Acknowledge breakpoint How it works 1 The BATCH Control Server determines that an operator dialog or a breakpoint needs to be acknowledged or that an electronic signature is required 2 The BATCH Control Server detects ...

Page 425: ...ve a button to display the unit faceplate with a unit group display 9 8 5 8 Setting breakpoints During batch control the operator can set breakpoints for each control recipe element in the open control recipe The breakpoint is displayed as a red dot next to the control recipe element If execution of the control recipe reaches a recipe element with a breakpoint the recipe element is not activated O...

Page 426: ...XQQLQJ 7UDQVLWLRQ FKHFNLQJ RXU FRQGLWLRQV UXQQLQJ 7UDQVLWLRQ GRHV QRW DQDO H FRQGLWLRQV 67233 VWRSSHG 257 DERUWHG 5 UHDG WR FRPSOHWH 7UDQVLWLRQ LV IXOILOOHG DQG DOORFDWHG WR VXFFHVVRU VWHS 203 7 1 FRPSOHWLQJ 7UDQVLWLRQ FRPSOHWHG 3UHGHFHVVRU VWHS 203 7 FRPSOHWHG LQDFWLYH ZLWK FRQGLWLRQV Note You can change the colors with the menu command Options Settings BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMA...

Page 427: ...the other conditions no longer need to be determined This means that the transition is fulfilled although individual conditions may be INVALID 9 8 5 11 Overview of batch step statuses The state of a batch step contains information about The allocation of a unit or an equipment phase for example waiting for a unit or equipment phase The basic status of an equipment phase for example inactive runnin...

Page 428: ... OORFDWLRQ VWDWXV GOH VWDWXV HDGORFNV 3UHVHQW FRPPDQG EUHDNSRLQW 2SHUDWRU SURPSWV URXS GLVSOD IRU VXERUGLQDWH REMHFWV ORFNDJHV GHOD V RSHUDWLRQV Additional information Allocation statuses of batch steps Page 432 Basis statuses of batch steps Page 429 Additional status identifiers Page 434 BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 428 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 429: ...QDFWLYH 67 57 1 VWDUWLQJ 5811 1 UXQQLQJ 5 680 1 UHVXPLQJ 2 1 KROGLQJ KHOG 3 86 1 SDXVLQJ DIWHU VWHS 3 86 SDXVHG DIWHU VWHS 67233 VWRSSHG 203 7 FRPSOHWHG 67233 1 VWRSSLQJ 257 DERUWHG 257 1 DERUWLQJ 203 7 1 FRPSOHWLQJ 5 UHDG WR FRPSOHWH 217 18286 FRQWLQXH UXQQLQJ HDW HDW HDW HDW HDW HDW HDW HDW HDW HDW HDW HDW HDW HDW HDW HDW HDW 203 7 FRQWLQXH UXQQLQJ HDW BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMA...

Page 430: ...SOFT_STOPPING 19 Stopping except for continuous Note If a unit recipe contains ROP steps or substructure steps in continuous operation state the Continuous symbol is always displayed in the control recipe view regardless of the respective basic status The Continuous symbol is not displayed if a recipe phase was configured for continuous operation but has not yet reached this status Possible expand...

Page 431: ...0x0002000 131072 Lower level object waiting RPE_EXSTATE_CHILD_OPERATING 0x0004000 262144 Lower level object waiting for operator intervention RPE_EXSTATE_CHILD_ERROR 0x0008000 524288 Lower level object in Error sta tus RPE_EXSTATE_EQUIPMENT_ERROR 0x0010000 1048576 Error in the equipment proper ties RPE_EXSTATE_ALLOCATION_ERROR 0x0020000 2097152 Connection error during alloca tion RPE_EXSTATE_PAUSE...

Page 432: ...g when allocating units or equipment procedure element EPE It is important that the marking be different when allocating a unit or EPE In the hierarchical recipe RUP controls the allocation of units and the equipment phase controls the allocation of EPEs In the flat recipe both are allocated by the equipment phase Allocation with a hierarchical recipe 523 523 53 53 583 0L HU 583 0L HU 583 RFFXSLHG...

Page 433: ... is completely in process mode 583 0L HU Unit allocated The control has allocated the unit to the RUP 523 ROP running The control has allocated the ROP 53 Waiting for equipment phase The control wants to allocate the equipment phase required by the RPH 53 Equipment phase alloca ted The control has allocated the RPH 53 Allocation error Allocation error or connection failure Missing AS OS connec tio...

Page 434: ...H 53 Allocation error Allocation error or connection failure Missing AS OS connec tion OS has no connection to the AS Additional information BATCH configuration dialog Chart folder tab Page 949 9 8 5 14 Additional status identifier Additional status IDs breakpoint and command The breakpoint is indicated by a red circle The circle is replaced by the breakpoint operator button when the step is activ...

Page 435: ...H ORFN 6WDUW ORFN HDW HDW Additional status identifiers operator prompts A white exclamation mark on a round blue background is shown for all operator prompts in the current batch in the BCC Double click on the icon or open the control recipe The following three operator prompts can be shown in a control recipe element OHFWURQLF VLJQDWXUH 5HTXLUHG FNQRZOHGJH RSHUDWRU GLDORJ UHTXLUHG HDW HDW 8QLW D...

Page 436: ...rmed a pause after step are indicated with the command symbol for Pause after step DLW IRU H WHUQDO V QFKURQL DWLRQ 3DXVH DIWHU VWHS HDW HDW QWHUQDO ZDLWLQJ HDW Additional status identifiers group display for container objects A batch step consisting of lower level batch steps recipe unit recipe operation or substructure is referred to as a container step The status of such container steps is dete...

Page 437: ... of the higher levels are also indicated as running If no recipe element is in the running status the highest priority state is reported to the higher levels The only higher priority state reported is Hold immediately If a recipe element changes to the Error status this state is reported to the higher levels immediately If the entire batch is to be discontinued this must be aborted at the batch le...

Page 438: ...9 18 Setpoint deviation In contrast to the additional status identifier Error red lightning bolt the warning is not highly propagated to the batch via ROP and RUP The setpoint deviation check takes place when the following actions are carried out Switch from manual to automatic mode Allocation of an equipment phase Project setting Transfer setpoints when switching from manual to automatic is set t...

Page 439: ... order folder Extended batch information is shown dynamically overlaying this symbol Possible displays Symbol Combined batch status Inactive status At least one batch has one of the following statuses Planned Release prepared Released Release invalid Locked No batch has one of the following statuses Running Held Active status At least one batch of the order has the Waiting or Running status Held s...

Page 440: ...e folder the symbol changes accordingly Unknown status The symbol indicates that a time period is required to deter mine the status information of all order folders This is a tran sitional status which results in one of the three statuses above Symbol overlaying the order folder Extended combined batch status Operation Manual input by an operator is required for at least one batch of the order Err...

Page 441: ... do with the name of the role The role must have super user status which is indicated by a yellow outline around the symbol If the Abort Emergency command is used when a connection to the AS is available the command has the same effect as the normal Abort command In other words the batch is only in the actual aborted state when the block states of the AS have been reported as such There is no guar...

Page 442: ...eleased manually The Abort Emergency command is not provided by the SIMATIC BATCH API BatchCC has no information as to whether or not there is a connection between the BATCH client and AS This command is therefore always available even when the connection between the BATCH client and AS is intact 9 8 5 17 Operation of batches after restart of CPU SFC types Batch operation after CPU restart using S...

Page 443: ...In BATCH status BA_STATE BIT31 group error is set Manual continuation or cancellation of the batch is only possible if the SFC has been manually started after considering all process requirements manual operation and BATCH status BA STATE i e bit 31 has been thereby reset Image 9 19 Batch errors BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 443 ...

Page 444: ...p Result After a CPU restart the SFC is initialised i e the operating state is Ready IDLE and all steps are initialised The operating mode remains unchanged AUTO or MANUAL In the Ready mode only a start command can be issued in the MANUAL mode the Start command or in the AUTO mode the start command from BATCH Operating SFC visualisation in the OS A switch over from AUTO mode to MANUAL mode is requ...

Page 445: ...ibility as the user to decide when to continue cancel or stop an interrupted batch after manual operation Continuation of the batch can also be made at a later step BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 445 ...

Page 446: ...the SFC is visualized in its actual state The step that was active before the CPU stop is marked The SFC waits for manual operation by the user You do not have to switch over from AUTO to MANUAL The step to be continued can be selected The functions Continue Cancel or Stop are possible refer to the figure You decide as the user on how to continue depending on the process BATCH Control Center 9 8 B...

Page 447: ...U stop and restart 9 8 5 18 Operation of batches after restart of CPU SFC and batch interface blocks Batch operation after CPU restart using SFC plan and BATCH interface block A CPU stop and subsequent restart generates an error with a running batch which interrupts this batch To continue cancel or stop the batch must be manually operated In SIMATIC BATCH there are two configuration possibilities ...

Page 448: ...nd the status BA_State or Bit 31 is set Further operation is as described in chapter batch operation after CPU restart when using SFC types Maintain SFC state After a CPU restart the SFC is visualized in its actual state The step that was active before the CPU stop is marked The SFC waits for manual operation by the user You do not have to switch over from AUTO to MANUAL The step to be continued c...

Page 449: ...g 9 8 6 1 Changing setpoints Introduction During batch control it is possible for the operator to change parameters setpoints of a control recipe Use this function if you want to change the speed of an agitator without stopping it The following parameter values can be changed online Input materials Output material Process parameters This requires that Allow online changes was specified for the cor...

Page 450: ... is executed for example positioning within a loop Note If a user has opened a recipe element for editing other users cannot make changes to this object Changing setpoints You make the setpoint changes during batch control in the properties dialog of the recipe element The figure below is an example of the dialog for modifying the parameters of a recipe step You open the properties dialog by selec...

Page 451: ...iable and are interconnected with a source parameters nevertheless assume modified values of the source Note If the operator enters a new value on a parameter interconnected with a source the parameter reference is resolved Resolved parameter references remain resolved in the subsequent course of the recipe 9 8 6 2 Changing the unit allocation Introduction The allocation of the unit including the ...

Page 452: ...currently selected units are displayed in the Allocations tab If you click the Modify button the Unit Strategy and Process parameter fields become editable white background If applicable modify the units and then press the OK button The available settings can be selected from the drop down list When the allocation of the unit is active no changes can be made to the unit 9 8 6 3 Resuming a batch at...

Page 453: ... to be conveyed to an intermediate container Step 2 To block the execution of steps that have already been completed the first element of each step sequence ROP1 within recipe unit procedure and the first transition within ROP2 must be marked with a breakpoint command Breakpoint Set BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 453 ...

Page 454: ... control recipe and select Object properties from the context menu Open the Allocation tab in the Object properties dialog Reallocate the process cell Step 5 The new unit is allocated by starting the RUP The breakpoint at the ROP1 blocks any additional call BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 454 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 455: ...6 Since the process should continue to ROP2 ROP1 must first be reset ROP2 can then be restarted Step 7 Once the transition has been reset the batch can continue at the interrupted position by starting Phase3 BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 455 ...

Page 456: ...till be assigned Proceed as follows 1 Right click in the message window and select the shortcut menu command Properties Result The Properties of WinCC Alarm Control dialog box opens 2 Select the Selection button under Server Selection Result The Select Server dialog box opens 3 Here select the PCS 7 OS message OS 4 Confirm the selection with OK Customizing You can customize the properties of the m...

Page 457: ...tes to an error that occurred when processing the control recipe Follow the steps outlined below Select the message line and then select the menu command Open control recipe in the context menu Result The control recipe window is opened at the point at which an error occurred BATCH Control Center 9 8 Batch control SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 457 ...

Page 458: ...cipe With this new function you are able to refine your master recipes in test mode and adjust them perfectly to your processes The following function graphic provides an overview 1 8 1 8 583 523B 53 B 53 B 523B RQWURO UHFLSH DWFK LQ VWDWH 2QOLQH VWUXFWXUH FKDQJH 26 SODQQHG UHOHDVHG ORFNHG LW VWUXFWXUH FKDQJH 5HYLVLRQV UHMHFW 5HYLVLRQV DSSO 523B 53 B 583 523B 53 B 53 B 523B KDQJHV LQ WKH PDVWHU UH...

Page 459: ... clear the Active batches have to be held option Selecting the option means that the batch must be paused for the online structure change When the option is deselected the batch and thus the process continue running in AS The right start structure changes was introduced for the online structure change Features Other clients are not permitted access to a batch in OSC mode and the BatchCC prevents t...

Page 460: ...ss continues to run in OSC mode The selected phase type of an existing recipe step cannot be changed For example stir cannot be changed to heat Alternatively you can delete the existing recipe phase and create a new recipe phase with the appropriate equipment phase The phase type can of course be changed in new recipe phases The following recipe objects cannot be changed or deleted during an onlin...

Page 461: ...longer be monitored and controlled via the BatchCC in this mode The visualization of the batch in the BatchCC is no longer updated because no process values are being read in from the process cell 9 8 8 6 Requirements The following requirements are to be fulfilled for processing batches control recipes in OSC mode Requirements Every user with the Start structure change right can start a batch in O...

Page 462: ... points inside and outside BatchCC An ROP recipe operation and an RPH recipe phase will be deleted as an example Display modes Display of the control recipe window in BatchCC before the change starting point Display of the control recipe window in BatchCC after the change Display of the print preview window in BatchCC after the change report Displays the XML archive file e g in Internet Explorer C...

Page 463: ... HUH 523B DQG 53 B RJ 0 DUFKLYH IRUPDW RQWURO UHFLSH ZLQGRZ LQ VWDUWLQJ SRLQW RQWURO UHFLSH ZLQGRZ LQ DIWHU WKH FKDQJH 523B 523B 523B 523B 523B 523B 523B 523B 523B 523B 523B The two recipe elements ROP_1 and RPH_1 that have already run and been deleted are not displayed in the control recipe window of BatchCC in the report they have an information text OSC mode deleted and they are still displayed...

Page 464: ...How do I perform an online structure change Introduction The following example shows you how to perform an online structure change and provides you with background information on the system behavior Requirements SIMATIC Logon is installed You have the individual permission Begin structure change in permission management The value of the Allow online structure changes project setting under Options ...

Page 465: ...hange and Reject all changes are activated for use in the toolbar In the menu bar under Control Structure change the commands Accept change and Reject change are activated for use 5 If you want to reject your structure change made under point 4 In the menu bar select the command Control Structure change Reject change In the menu bar select the command Reject all changes 6 If you want to accept you...

Page 466: ...nd version The standard name used by the system is the batch name You must enter or specify the version depending on the version concept The new master recipe is saved in the Master recipes folder The new master recipe has the following properties Altered parameters and used units are automatically transferred to the new master recipe The occupation strategy is replaced by the Preferred unit strat...

Page 467: ...gle action To do so open a batch overview list and select the batches to be archived Then select the menu command Archive in the shortcut menu right click Defaults in BatchCC The following methods for archiving completed batches are offered in the Batches Archiving method folder Directory method The archive files are saved as XML files in the specified path in a shared folder on the network or loc...

Page 468: ...ATIC BATCH Administrator super user can transfer this SQL script to the SQL server administrator so that they can create a suitable SQL database Script in file button The SQL script is saved as a file Script in clipboard button The SQL script is copied to the clipboard and can then be inserted into other applications e g Notepad using the key combination Ctrl V Note The path for storing the databa...

Page 469: ...enu command Options Settings Project settings 3 Select the Archive tab 4 Activate the SQL Server check box 5 Click on the Create button 6 The Create SQL Server Database dialog box opens 7 Click on the Create database button 8 The Select directory dialog box opens 9 Select a directory for the database 10 Click on the OK button 11 The SQL Server Login dialog box opens Select the SQL server from the ...

Page 470: ...ver 3 Open the setting Security Logins shortcut menu New Login 4 In the Login Name input box select the Windows user group SIMATIC BATCH 5 Under Default database select the created Batch database for example SB8_2_25269528_55_Archive 6 In the navigation window open User Mapping and select your Batch database 7 In the lower window Database role membership for enable the access rights db_datareader ...

Page 471: ...e for the Archiving method folder Note Print preview and printing batches As of SIMATIC BATCH V 8 1 SP1 measured values and messages are transferred by the PCS 7 OS to the PH archive server There may be situations in which although the batch data of SIMATIC BATCH is complete on the PH archive server associated measured values and messages are missing In this case the measured values and messages a...

Page 472: ... 7 the dialog appears as shown below Image 9 25 Archiving method folder without PH If a PH was configured in SIMATIC PCS 7 the dialog appears as shown below BATCH Control Center 9 9 Report creation and archiving of batch data SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 472 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 473: ...stem following the actions listed manual reconfiguration is not necessary The Test button is used to check the connection to the PH If a PH is selected due to the configuration in the SIMATIC Manager no other archiving method is possible To be able to start a batch report and the batch print preview in the BatchCC the URL address of the Information Server IS is entered in the following configurati...

Page 474: ...he same restrictions relating to completeness of the data apply as described in the section Changing the archiving method Information on batch commands Close command The Close command is no longer available since a batch implicitly adopts the status completed and closed when all the batch data has been transferred to the PH archive Archive command The Archive command changes the batch to the Archi...

Page 475: ...rchiving method to another archiving method Scenario 1 A batch was started after changing to the PH archiving method In this scenario no restrictions whatsoever can be expected the batch data is complete both in the PH archive and in the batch report Scenario 2 A batch was archived before changing to the PH archiving method Batches that were archived prior to the changeover cannot be archived agai...

Page 476: ... SIMATIC BATCH clients or on the Information Server If the connection between a SIMATIC BATCH client and the IS is disrupted the restriction only applies to this SIMATIC BATCH client If on the other hand the connection between the SIMATIC BATCH server and PH PC or the PH PC itself is faulty no more data will be archived If a PH fails an OS message is always generated and displayed Note The duratio...

Page 477: ...le to all BATCH clients Objects Data contents Name part ID Complete name of the standard report templates in the database Batch proc ess cell The process cell report contains data from the PCS 7 engineering or from BATCH engineering The follow ing process cell data is listed in the process cell report Data types Units Equipment modules Equipment phases Process tag types Operation types Phase types...

Page 478: ...left corner of the print preview window where the batch report is displayed The function symbols displayed in the toolbar help you to navigate in the preview and to export the report to a PDF file You can use your mouse and keyboard for additional navigation options within the report With the mouse scroll wheel Scroll up and down within a page of the report Press and hold SHIFT while using the mou...

Page 479: ...intout and PDF generation from BatchCC Some characters will not be printed if other fonts are used in BatchCC Control strategies The actual value and setpoint are output for control strategies If the actual value and setpoint are different both values are marked in red in the report to make them more easily identifiable Actual values and setpoints are displayed with an accuracy of a maximum of two...

Page 480: ...e SIMATIC BATCH product _ReportObjectType Report object types Object type for the report on the Batch process cell _pcell Object type for reports on libraries _library Object type for reports on master recipes _recipe Object type for reports on formulas _formula Object type for reports on batches _batch _ The name part can be used individually and is optional Additional information You can find th...

Page 481: ... in BatchCC This is done by selecting the batch and opening the shortcut menu Print Select report template The batch report is printed immediately without preview on the screen Print preview Select report template The batch report is displayed in the print preview window Note System characteristics There is a delay when collecting the data for messages and measured values The delay time depends on...

Page 482: ...batch until the message Batch closed The start and close messages include the time of day of the PC on which the batch data management is running To ensure that all messages during this time window are acquired the time of day of all network devices must be synchronized UTC time is always set as the module time on the AS The time zone CET MEZ Central European Time Mitteleuropäische Zeit is ahead o...

Page 483: ...gain as control recipes The viewer for archived batches contains functions for opening archives from a PH Process Historian as well as from archive files The basic requirement for connecting to the PH database is the specification of a user name and password in the project settings under User credentials To display control recipes of archived batches open the viewer by selecting the Options Start ...

Page 484: ...e was generated in version SB V7 0 1 15 or higher or in version SB V7 1 1 6 or higher Descriptions of conditions in transitions are not displayed XML archive was generated in version SB V7 1 2 Descriptions of conditions in transitions are not displayed monitoring time and actual value for material and material code are not displayed new constructs from SB V7 1 2 such as jumps and command steps are...

Page 485: ...e edited and customized with placeholders The search can only be started by clicking the Filter button The result set is managed dynamically so as to enable scrolling forward and backward in large result sets Clicking the Reset button deletes the search result and enters All in the selection dialog of each object Exceptions are the order category and order objects here the placeholder character is...

Page 486: ...f the control recipe view In the BatchCC you read and view the control recipe for the selected batch Only one control recipe can be viewed in the dialog Selecting another batch automatically closes a control recipe opened previously BATCH Control Center 9 9 Report creation and archiving of batch data SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 486 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 487: ... for archived batches functionality Reports and batch logs are not available for visualized control recipes Batch messages are not displayed Visualization is not supported for batches archived via the ODBC interface Additional information Archive folder Page 745 Versioning folder Page 735 Dialog Find batch Page 1091 9 9 3 2 Displaying archived batches from the SQL Server The archived batches are q...

Page 488: ...BATCH Control Center 9 9 Report creation and archiving of batch data SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 488 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 489: ...he type EPH equipment phase Operator instruction Recipe phases of the type EOP and EPH configured for the operator instruction and NOP for a simple operator instruction Hierarchical recipe A hierarchical recipe consists of recipe unit procedures RUP that are assigned to a unit The recipe unit procedures are processed parallel to each other in a recipe The execution of the recipe unit procedures ca...

Page 490: ...re A library consisting of substructures in turn consisting of operator instructions recipe operations of the type EOP or recipe phases of the type EPH can be created for flat recipes Different unit classes units can be assigned to the recipe steps of the substructure 10 2 Starting and operating 10 2 1 Starting the BATCH Recipe Editor Various options There are three different ways in which you can...

Page 491: ...IUNIT_PLC IEOP IEPH IEPAR_xxx and TAG_COLL created in the CFC charts and the additional data in the BATCH hierarchy folders SIMATIC Manager The Process cell data created this way has to be downloaded to the Batch Server and read in BatchCC via the menu command Program New process cell or with the menu command Edit Updating the process cell after modifying the Process cell data Note It is possible ...

Page 492: ...ipes in the editing windows using the structure elements of the Insert menu The first editing window displays either the structure of a recipe or a library object editing level 1 In the other editing windows you can edit the lower level ROP sequences in hierarchical recipes this is editing level 2 or substructures in flat recipes this is editing layer 2 to 10 BATCH Recipe Editor 10 2 Starting and ...

Page 493: ...QWH W VHQVLWLYH LQIRUPDWLRQ GLWLQJ ZLQGRZ ZLWK UHFLSH VWUXFWXUH RI D KLHUDFKLFDO PDVWHU UHFLSH ZLWK 523V HGLWLQJ OHYHO GLWLQJ ZLQGRZ ZLWK D 523 VHTXHQFH HGLWLQJ OHYHO BATCH Recipe Editor 10 2 Starting and operating SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 493 ...

Page 494: ... Toolbar The toolbar is located below the menu bar It contains a number of icons with frequently required menu bar functions You can see which function is triggered by a button in the toolbar by positioning the mouse pointer on the button without clicking A small box will then be displayed with the designation Detailed information about this is displayed in the status bar Click on the icon to trig...

Page 495: ...ing the edit window Commands in the recipe editor The following commands are available for adapting the editing window in the recipe editor Image 10 1 Assignment of the symbols to the command is carried out from left to right Command Meaning Pin recipe batch headers Keeps the RUP visible as a higher level object Selecting the zoom area Zoom in Zoom out Resetting the zoom factor Optimal zoom factor...

Page 496: ...h you make general settings relating to the appearance and range of functions In the User settings dialog you can make settings for language zoom layout and format of the user interface Selecting dialogs Select the menu command Options Settings Project settings This opens the dialog box shown below in which you can make individual Project settings Select the menu command Options Settings User sett...

Page 497: ...basic functions are common to all objects These common functions are listed below The descriptions of other functions assume that you know how to use these functions The normal sequence of activities involving objects is as follows 1 Creating the object 2 Selecting the object 3 Performing actions with the object for example opening deleting Creating objects All objects of the master recipe are cre...

Page 498: ...ts using Drag and drop If you point to an illegal target the cursor changes to a forbidden sign When you copy an object the entire hierarchy below it is also copied As a result you have wide options open to you if you want to use your developed components more than once Note When you insert the target position must be specified by mouse click Renaming objects You can change the name of an object a...

Page 499: ...nitial step the final step or the sequence containing the initial or final step When you make a selection other selected objects are deselected Selecting with a lasso To open a lasso drag the mouse while holding down the left mouse button All the elements completely enclosed in the lasso frame are selected when you release the mouse button Previously selected elements are deselected if they are ou...

Page 500: ...utomation refer to the section Engineering Basic Engineering for PCS 7 TXLSPHQW RSHUDWLRQ EORFN 23 TXLSPHQW SKDVH EORFN 3 5HFLSH SURFHGXUH 53 5HFLSH RSHUDWLRQ 523 5HFLSH SKDVH 53 DVVLJQHG WR DVVLJQHG WR LV DQ RUGHUHG VHW RI LV DQ RUGHUHG VHW RI LV DQ RUGHUHG VHW RI RSWLRQDO Properties Flat recipes cannot be executed on the AS and cannot be operated or monitored in the BATCH OS controls If you use ...

Page 501: ...ion of recipe chains In flat recipes synchronization in sequences of the same simultaneous branch are possible At each synchronization point you decide whether or not the chain is halted If you select Blocking the chain waits until the other chains involved have reached the synchronization line or had already reached it may have already continued If Blocking is not selected the chain does not wait...

Page 502: ...erations ROPs The recipe operations use the EOP blocks directly These EOPs are created during engineering of the basic control refer to the section on configuration in the ES TXLSPHQW RSHUDWLRQ EORFN 23 TXLSPHQW SKDVH EORFN 3 5HFLSH SURFHGXUH 53 5HFLSH RSHUDWLRQ 523 5HFLSH XQLW SURFHGXUH 583 DVVLJQHG WR LV DQ RUGHUHG VHW RI LV DQ RUGHUHG VHW RI LV DQ RUGHUHG VHW RI RSWLRQDO Editing parallel recipe...

Page 503: ... contain several EPHs No recipe phases are possible directly below a recipe unit procedure RUP Recipe phases can however be used in the underlying ROP EPHs are assigned to these recipe phases TXLSPHQW SKDVH EORFN 3 5HFLSH SURFHGXUH 53 5HFLSH RSHUDWLRQ 523 5HFLSH XQLW SURFHGXUH 583 DVVLJQHG WR LV DQ RUGHUHG VHW RI LV DQ RUGHUHG VHW RI LV DQ RUGHUHG VHW RI 5HFLSH SKDVH 53 BATCH Recipe Editor 10 3 Re...

Page 504: ...HW RI RSWLRQDO LV DQ RUGHUHG VHW RI 5HFLSH XQLW SURFHGXUH 583 10 3 2 5 Implementation of the hierarchy in the BATCH Recipe Editor Principle The schematic below shows the basic implementation of the hierarchical structure when editing with the BATCH Recipe Editor The structure of a hierarchical recipe is edited at two levels editing level 1 and 2 6WDUW QG 523 53 6WDUW 523 53 GLWLQJ OHYHO 5HFLSH SUR...

Page 505: ...g level 1 parallel ROPs loops transitions Since this mode does not correspond to the standard this mode will not be described in any greater detail The way in which the structure elements function is the same at both editing levels Editing level 2 Editing level 2 is used to create ROP sequences An ROP sequence begins with a Start step The Start step is followed by a transition that defines the sta...

Page 506: ...recipe unit procedure buffer B202 with the recipe operations xferIn and xferOut as transfer operations 3 Second recipe unit procedure reactor R502 with the recipe operations add water xferIn temperature etc 4 Third recipe unit procedure premixer P302 with the recipe operation xferOut BATCH Recipe Editor 10 3 Recipe topology SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 506 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 507: ...us branch monitoring command step 10 3 2 6 Synchronization between recipe unit procedures Principle Using synchronization you can synchronize the ROPs of several recipe unit procedures RUPs with each other at editing level 1 Each position where a synchronization line connects a recipe unit procedure can have a blocking or non blocking effect If blocking is required the recipe unit procedure contin...

Page 508: ... 10 2 Blocking synchronization point Changing over between blocking and non blocking You can change the blocking or non blocking effect of each synchronization point Follow the steps outlined below 1 Select the synchronization point 2 Select the command Properties in the shortcut menu of the synchronization point 3 Select clear the Blocking check box 4 Confirm with OK BATCH Recipe Editor 10 3 Reci...

Page 509: ...on non blocking The non blocking position below Material entry 10 means that ROP 20 is processed further by RUP Dosing setpoint Immediately when ROP 10 is completed that ROP 5 and ROP 13 are only started when ROP 10 and ROP 6 are completed Image 10 3 Non blocking synchronization point BATCH Recipe Editor 10 3 Recipe topology SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 509 ...

Page 510: ...532 Library reference Page 513 Library reference Insert menu Page 534 Parameter step Page 514 Configuring parameter step Page 689 Operator instruction Page 513 Operator instruction Insert menu Page 534 Step placeholder Page 513 inserted automatically Transition placehold er Page 514 inserted automatically Command step Page 535 Command step Insert menu Page 535 Simultaneous branch Page 514 Simultan...

Page 511: ...recipe phase above is completed ready to complete or similar The next recipe step is only triggered when the transition above it evaluates to true 10 3 3 2 Recipe procedure RP Overview The recipe procedure includes the procedural elements required for the process engineering in a process cell When creating a recipe procedure the equipment related procedural elements are used that are provided by t...

Page 512: ...r instruction 10 3 3 4 Recipe operation ROP Overview The recipe operation includes the procedural elements required for the process engineering of a recipe operation The equipment based procedural elements that are available through the basic automation are referenced for creation Steps can take the following forms Operator instruction Steps with access to a recipe phase of the type EPH 10 3 3 5 R...

Page 513: ...cknowledgment Example Entry of analysis process values with acknowledgment Example Manual dosing The operator is instructed which material to use and how much to add The operator then enters the process values that have been added and confirms the input acknowledgment Entered values process values can serve as setpoints for subsequent recipe functions operations The process values can also be eval...

Page 514: ...er step is a recipe element in which parameter values are transferred to a unit Unit parameters are queried in transitions within a recipe and corresponding units are allocated as a result 10 3 3 13 Simultaneous branch A simultaneous branch consists of at least two horizontally arranged sequences joined at top and bottom by double lines How it works A simultaneous branch leads to simultaneous proc...

Page 515: ...element type used in structuring a recipe It contains the step enabling conditions between the steps 10 3 3 19 Loop A loop consists of a sequence with at least one recipe step and a return path with a transition Meaning The loop allows multiple iterations of a sequence structure The transitions following the loop and in the return path decide how often the sequence is repeated If the condition in ...

Page 516: ...er charts for each unit Options in mixed operation You have the following options for mixed operation in a master recipe Recipe in AS based mode with the UNIT_PLC block Recipe in PC based mode with the UNIT_PLC block Recipe in PC based mode with the IUNIT_BLOCK block only possible with a migrated PCS 7 project since this block is not supplied in the SIMATIC BATCH block library Recipe in mixed oper...

Page 517: ...recipe Synchronization between units and references beyond the boundary of the unit are controlled by the BATCH server Recipe engineering Based on the following graphics from the BATCH recipe editor you can see the differences in the configuration of the two modes If you use the UNIT_PLC block when you create a new hierarchical master recipe AS based mode will always be used automatically as defau...

Page 518: ...Image 10 4 Properties dialog of a RUP do not execute in AS BATCH Recipe Editor 10 4 Creating recipes SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 518 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 519: ...UP execute in AS Recipe operations executed on the AS are automatically stored with a bright yellow background in the recipe editor BATCH Recipe Editor 10 4 Creating recipes SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 519 ...

Page 520: ...the ESC button to change from the editing back to the selecting mode 3 Assign the unit in the properties dialog for each recipe step Use the Properties command in the shortcut menu for the recipe step 4 Select the recipe elements in sequence and make the other required settings in the corresponding properties dialog To do this select the Properties command in the corresponding shortcut menu select...

Page 521: ...P is displayed editing level 1 When you create a recipe operation a window is displayed with a basic ROP structure with start and end editing level 2 2 In the case of a hierarchical recipe first insert a recipe procedural element Insert Recipe procedural element The first RUP is displayed 3 Assign the unit in the properties dialog for the recipe unit procedure RUP Use the command Properties in the...

Page 522: ... this Select the menu item Recipe Check validity 7 Save the recipe at the desired location in the tree structure of BatchCC To do this Select the menu item Recipe Save as Result After creating inserting the recipe its status is in progress In this status you can modify it at any time or released it for testing or production Help Make use of the integrated online help when editing recipes Each prop...

Page 523: ...n the recipe 2 Select a recipe step 3 Select the Properties command in the shortcut menu selected with a right click Select the New assignment button The Allocations tab appears 4 First select the representation of the tree structure Class view All unit classes without area structure will be listed in the Unit selection field Process cell complex view All areas with the subordinate units are liste...

Page 524: ...this section If you want to select the units with conditions follow the steps outlined in the section Unit selection using conditions for a hierarchical recipe Page 527 Procedure in the BATCH Recipe Editor 1 Open the recipe 2 Select a RUP the column is shown on a light blue background 3 Select the Properties command in the shortcut menu selected with a right click 4 Select the Allocation tab 5 Fir...

Page 525: ...e Header parameter and open the Allocations tab 3 Select the desired recipe assignment from the list and click Edit If there is no recipe assignment first click New 4 Click New in the dialog that opens This creates a new empty condition Click the Change button to make the following additional settings in the wizard In the first step select the required equipment property and click Next In the seco...

Page 526: ...recipe 2 With a flat recipe select the recipe step 3 Select the Properties command in the shortcut menu selected with a right click 4 Click the New assignment button in the General tab Result The Properties of New Allocation dialog box is displayed 5 Click the New button in the Condition tab Result A new row is created in the table for entry of another condition 6 Click the Change button Result Th...

Page 527: ...ns for a hierarchical recipe To improve efficiency of selecting suitable units you can define conditions on the unit When selecting units all units that satisfy these conditions union set will then be available Thus it is possible for example for process cell extensions after an update of the process cell in the BatchCC to also include additional units in the batch process for batches that have no...

Page 528: ...ed in a subsequent dialog Use the context sensitive online help if you want more information in this regard Help button 12 Click the Next button Result The Operator dialog box opens again All elements of the condition are displayed and cannot be changed 13 Select the Finish button Result The complete condition is entered in the Condition tab Enter additional conditions as needed in the same way 14...

Page 529: ...n an operator dialog Process parameter The variable selected in the process parameter field decides the unit to be used Procedure in the BATCH Recipe Editor 1 Open the recipe 2 Select With a flat recipe the recipe step With a hierarchical recipe select the RUP column is shown with a light blue background 3 Select the Properties command in the shortcut menu select with right mouse button 4 Select t...

Page 530: ... 6 Strategy operator selection of the unit Image 10 7 Allocation of the unit by operator selection After selecting the recipe unit procedure with a hierarchical recipe or the recipe phase with a flat recipe with the status symbol you can select the required unit with the Select unit shortcut menu command BATCH Recipe Editor 10 4 Creating recipes SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 530 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E3...

Page 531: ... unit is not displayed until after this unit has been released that is when the recipe step has come to an end or has been aborted and reset Note In a hierarchical recipe make sure that no further changes are made to the process parameter after the respective recipe unit has started Otherwise a unit that was not even used will be displayed when the recipe unit is finished If after the start of a b...

Page 532: ...be active in this case Recommendation To be able to repeat an online assignment in a flat recipe recipe phases should be distributed over many different unit assignments when the recipe is originally created 10 4 5 Inserting and labeling recipe elements 10 4 5 1 Recipe procedural element Insert menu Overview With this function you insert recipe steps of the type recipe procedure element within a r...

Page 533: ...log in the sequence window for the recipe unit procedure you can link a step with a recipe phase of the type EOP or EPH In the sequence window for the recipe operation or a single level recipe you can link a step with a recipe phase of the type EPH Properties Through insertion in the appropriate unit column of a hierarchical recipe the unit class and if preselected a unit that is preferred for cre...

Page 534: ...nserts recipe steps of the operator instruction type The operator instruction allows instructions to be displayed to operators during the processing of a recipe A distinction is made between the following operator instructions Instruction within an NOP step Without acknowledgment The recipe is not stopped Example Please put on the protective goggles With acknowledgment The recipe is stopped until ...

Page 535: ...re available for all units The data in the Instruction General Input materials Output materials and Parameters process parameters and tabs can be edited Depending on the phase selected in the General tab it is possible for the operator to enter parameter values instruction with input option The parameter values set in the Input material Output material Parameters process parameter tabs are then th...

Page 536: ...s The command step is processed sequentially and does not wait until the controlled recipe steps have executed the transferred command Note If it is important for the ongoing recipe operation that the target object first executes the transferred command a transition for querying the target object status needs to be inserted after the command step The system cannot fully prevent the recipe from sto...

Page 537: ...ecipe element and use the arrow key to move it in the list of command targets Alternatively you can select the target object in the recipe editor and keeping the left mouse button pressed drag it to the required command step object and then release the left mouse button 5 Select your command from the list of available commands 6 If you only want to sent a command for a specific status under Filter...

Page 538: ...ionality will now be added to this recipe Configuration in the RE The following describes how to configure the command steps 1 Edit transition 13 The transition contains a process condition intended to stop the heating recipe phase for example 2 Insert a command step after transition 13 in the simultaneous branch BATCH Recipe Editor 10 4 Creating recipes SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 538 Operating Manual 02 ...

Page 539: ... branch Insert menu Overview In the BATCH Recipe Editor this function inserts an AND divergence The steps and transitions in the simultaneous branches are executed at the same time Control is passed to the successor transition or successor step only when the last steps and transitions of the simultaneous branches have been executed or are satisfied With simultaneous branches the branches are proce...

Page 540: ... indicates which parts will be included if you release the button at the present position Depending on whether you release the button to the left or right of the vertical line a new simultaneous branch is added to the left or right You can cancel this operation by returning the mouse pointer to the initial position or by pressing the ESC key 10 4 5 8 Synchronization Insert menu Overview With synch...

Page 541: ...ynchronization and decide whether or not execution is to be halted individually for each synchronization point Appearance of the synchronization point A synchronization point is displayed as a double line and the sequence line is interrupted if a synchronization point is for the sequence branch and the Blocking property was selected A synchronization point is displayed as a single line if a synchr...

Page 542: ...d color in the Recipe Editor The following restrictions apply to synchronization lines 1 The nodes for a line are located in the direct sequences of the simultaneous branch 2 If one of these sequences contains a monitoring object rule 1 is applied to the content It is therefore still not possible to end synchronization lines between two recipe units and an AND although this poses no problem to the...

Page 543: ... a loop The left transition is the monitoring condition and the right one is the repeat condition Additional information Example of monitoring Page 543 10 4 5 10 Example of monitoring Introduction In automatic mode it may be necessary to monitor a running recipe phase and end it automatically when certain conditions occur We show you how to configure simple monitoring in the RE in the following ex...

Page 544: ...Image 10 9 Monitoring BATCH Recipe Editor 10 4 Creating recipes SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 544 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 545: ...nfigure the start condition T 2 for the monitoring Transition 2 Operand 1 is the RPE status and Operand 2 is a constant Select the recipe element filling_1 and leave the Status attribute as is Select the running value for Operand 2 and close all dialogs 2 Configure command step 3 in the monitoring The command step should be used to abort the filling recipe phase Select the filling_1 recipe phase a...

Page 546: ... point at which you insert the transition the order of the step and transition may be reversed Properties Data on the General and Condition tabs can be edited To form the transition conditions the process tags defined in the corresponding recipe level parameters from the properties of an ROP or RUP constants and all the values acquired with the TAG_COLL block can be used Text strings with more tha...

Page 547: ...parts will be included if you release the button at the present position Depending on whether you release the button to the left or right of the vertical line a new alternative branch is added to the left or right You can cancel this operation by returning the mouse pointer to the initial position or by pressing the ESC key 10 4 5 13 Loop Insert menu Overview With this function you can insert a lo...

Page 548: ...e pointer to the initial position or by pressing the ESC key Selecting You can select a loop Page 515 as follows by clicking on one of the horizontal lines at the top or bottom by clicking on the return path line by clicking on one of the lines of the sequence in the body of the loop or by opening a lasso while holding down the left mouse button that includes the entire body of the loop as well as...

Page 549: ...al system characteristics for monitoring If you use a jump to jump to a monitored area the monitoring is started If you jump out of a monitored area the monitoring is ended Inserting On inserting the Recipe Editor automatically forces an alternative branch with a jump without a jump destination Proceed as follows to insert jumps in the diagram in the BATCH Recipe Editor 1 Select the Insert Jump me...

Page 550: ... apply the Jump recipe object to meet your purposes in recipes Theoretical basis The following master recipe initial recipe is expanded by logic that works with four different jump mechanisms In this example a simple condition is used to execute the jump All operands listed in the Transition Wizard are generally available to you for a transition BATCH Recipe Editor 10 4 Creating recipes SIMATIC BA...

Page 551: ...ating the mash vessel based on 4 parameters JumpTest1 to 4 using the following logic 1 If the JumpTest1 parameter is true then the recipe should continue to run without delay 2 If the JumpTest2 parameter is true then the recipe should skip the subsequent filling and heating recipe steps and immediately continue with the agitating recipe step BATCH Recipe Editor 10 4 Creating recipes SIMATIC BATCH ...

Page 552: ...ransition to the vertical connecting line This inserts the first jump 7 Repeat step 2 twice Configuration of the first transition conditions Now configure Transition 5 to match the logic shown above 1 Double click on Transition 5 specify a new condition and click Change 2 In the Transition Wizard select Parameter from the next highest recipe level for Operand 1 and Constant for Operand 2 Then clic...

Page 553: ...r recipe Save your recipe Recipe following configuration in the Recipe Editor Your master recipe appears as follows after configuration Image 10 11 Final recipe for release BATCH Recipe Editor 10 4 Creating recipes SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 553 ...

Page 554: ...ove 3 Release the batch 4 Start the batch 5 The master recipe used in the batch waits for your action at the four transitions 6 Click on the Jump Test ROP and select the Object properties command in the shortcut menu 7 Switch to the Parameters tab and click Change 8 Depending on your test scenario select the value true for one of the four JumpTestX parameters and then click OK BATCH Recipe Editor ...

Page 555: ...ion The batch execution for the second condition is illustrated below as a result Image 10 12 Batch execution in process mode BATCH Recipe Editor 10 4 Creating recipes SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 555 ...

Page 556: ...f synchronization lines Example 1 Synchronization line 0 runs over two RUPs RUP_1 and RUP_2 If all ROPs before the synchronization line are completed here ROP_A and ROP_B the following two ROPs here ROP_C and ROP_D are started BATCH Recipe Editor 10 4 Creating recipes SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 556 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 557: ...ust wait for ROP_A and ROP_B in this recipe structure ROP_C in contrast starts immediately when ROP_A is completed BATCH Recipe Editor 10 4 Creating recipes SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 557 ...

Page 558: ...n flat recipes Substructures have the same functional options as recipe operations in hierarchical recipes Insert Proceed as follows to insert substructures in the BATCH Recipe Editor 1 Select the menu command Insert Recipe procedural element or click the corresponding button in the toolbar 2 Click between two individual objects structure elements or on a substructure placeholder Removing Select t...

Page 559: ...de the objects if you activate the object comments with the menu command View 10 4 5 19 Filtering library references If a library reference is inserted within a recipe all library operations library substructures of the same unit class are offered for selection There are no unit classes if the unit is allocation through conditions All library operations and library substructures are thus offered f...

Page 560: ...ipe properties 10 4 6 1 Passing formula parameters in the recipe Forwarding the formula parameters in the recipe The same formula parameter can be used more than once in different recipe steps of various types A formula parameter can also be used at the same time in transition conditions The schematic below shows the possible use of a formula parameter RUPXOD 5HFLSH SURFHGXUH 1DPH 9DOXH 1DPH 9DOXH...

Page 561: ...6 characters However it is not possible to increase the number of characters here If when a batch is processed a greater number of characters is written than the block in the AS SFC type or IEPAR_STR can process the setpoint is automatically shortened to the maximum possible length Reference to data source A source setpoints from the next higher level can be assigned for the recipe objects RUP ROP...

Page 562: ...DWLRQ UHDGV WKH VHWSRLQW XVHG DV UHFLSH SKDVH SDUDPHWHU RU WUDQVLWLRQ YDULDEOH IURP WKH UHFLSH XQLW SURFHGXUH GRZQORDG 10 4 6 3 Setting the properties of the recipe header parameters In the properties of the recipe header recipe header parameter configure the Properties of the recipes Page 577 The material and production data and the process parameters contain all the parameters passed up for oper...

Page 563: ...lowing the basic control You can recognize parameters or settings that can still be modified by the white editing fields 3 Make the settings you require in the tabs and confirm with OK Entering the properties You enter the properties of the recipes in the following tab Click the Help button for context sensitive help on each individual input or output box in the tab Reference to formula category W...

Page 564: ...ividual element The parameters for input materials output materials and process parameters for the recipe phases in the sequences are specified by assigning the recipe phase of the type EOP EPH Additional parameters can be added to these Procedure in the BATCH Recipe Editor 1 Open the master recipe 2 Select a recipe procedure element 3 Select the Properties command in the shortcut menu The Propert...

Page 565: ...erties of the step in the following tab Click the Help button for context sensitive help on each individual input or output box in the tab BATCH Recipe Editor 10 4 Creating recipes SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 565 ...

Page 566: ... a library reference most properties of the library operation are displayed and cannot be modified To modify the properties you must open the library operation explicitly in the BATCH Recipe Editor Scaling with minimum and maximum limit The physical limits of the process cell instance is displayed as limit values If the setpoint value is adjusted the possible minimum and maximum setpoint values ar...

Page 567: ...imits of the block following scaling If the high limit is below the low limit so that no possibility exists to enter a correct value this is caused by the high and low limits in the header parameters being too far apart or the use of a scaling that would push the value beyond the limits Electronic signatures Operator actions relating to recipe steps can be signed You configure electronic signature...

Page 568: ...layed in the Parameters Input material and Output material tabs of the Properties dialog of a recipe phase container RUP ROP SUB and formula For active batches the recipe limits can be changed exclusively via OSC online structure changes on batches released for testing with appropriate OSC user permission Recipe limits cannot be viewed or changed on faceplates Representation in reports The batch r...

Page 569: ...ious control strategies set of setpoints that can be used in the manual mode or in the automatic mode recipe mode The control strategies are configured along with their parameters in the engineering system In the recipe editor the control strategies defined in this way are available in plain language under the name of the control strategy During parameter assignment only the parameters belonging t...

Page 570: ...ut fields for changing the parameter value are editable Modifications in transitions For transitions process parameters updated at runtime can also be used for the evaluation of transitions You can specify that the modification should take immediate effect in the properties dialog of the transition Using the Effective immediately column for operands 1 and 2 you can specify that the value of the pr...

Page 571: ...gic operation 6 Confirm with OK Entering properties You enter the properties of the transitions in the following tab The dialog for configuring a condition appears by clicking the New or Change button This is where you can specify the type of operand Parameter from the next highest recipe level Process tag RPE status Constant or Equation of a condition Use the Help button to get context sensitive ...

Page 572: ...natures Operator actions relating to transitions can be signed You configure electronic signatures in the ESIG tab See also section Specifying electronic signatures Page 375 10 4 6 10 Configuring expanded status in transitions Introduction This example describes the configuration of a transition in which an extended status of a recipe element is queried in a condition You can use such a recipe des...

Page 573: ...the first recipe phase heating is detected and the reaction to it In the graphic a sample recipe is expanded by the required functionality BATCH Recipe Editor 10 4 Creating recipes SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 573 ...

Page 574: ...ation window and select AddWater_6 select the Status attribute and click Next 11 Click Next 12 Select the status with the Completed value from the list click Next and then Finish 13 Close the properties dialog of the transition 14 Save your master recipe and release it Result You can observe the following reaction in process mode In Transition 27 of the simultaneous branch there is a query asking ...

Page 575: ... ends when the ROP has the COMPLETED ABORTED or STOPPED status The time count is performed when the ROP is in the HELD status The Runtime Monitoring time and Runtime scaling attributes cannot be changed online Only the Runtime attribute at the command and NOP block can be changed Online monitoring You can monitor the runtime of a ROP by entering a monitoring runtime greater than 0 If the expired r...

Page 576: ...ing and Operator dialog allocation strategies are not offered since the actual location and therefore the unit must be specified for the transfer parameter at the time the batch is released Additional information Importing remote Process Cells Page 225 Preparing ES data for SIMATIC BATCH Page 226 10 4 6 13 Specifying the properties of the library objects Properties of steps and transitions The pro...

Page 577: ...ipe in the Properties of recipe name dialog These master recipe parameters are also known as recipe header parameters Tab What is set or dis played Meaning comment General Name and version Name of the master recipe cannot be changed Status Status display of the master recipe e g In progress Duration Here the longest time for one execution of the recipe is calculated It is the sum of the step times...

Page 578: ...eference from the library operation New materials can also be created For each output material configured the material quality scaling function and required quantity are specified Either concrete values internal formula or reference to values of an external formula Parameter Parameter list For the steps linked to EOPs EPHs or the operator di alogs the parameters are taken from the basic automa tio...

Page 579: ...antity reference quantity Setpoint value quantity reference quantity 2 Example Header parameters Reference Scale 10 Minimum quantity 1 Maximum quantity 100 Recipe phase Parameter Setpoint_A Value 1 Scaling linear Setpoint_B Value 5 Scaling linear Setpoint_C Value 10 Scaling linear Batch_A Quantity 1 Setpoint_A 0 1 Setpoint_B 0 5 Setpoint_C 1 Batch_B Quantity 5 Setpoint_A 0 5 Setpoint_B 2 5 Setpoin...

Page 580: ...h limit Instance parameter 3 20 Recipe header 2 10 15 Parameter 75 13 8 88888889 Quantity of the batch 12 Online 18 72 Example with valid limits recipe limits corrected The range was restricted in the recipe header The value 13 can be used Scaling Linear Low limit Parameter reference quan tity High limit Instance parameter 3 20 Recipe header 3 10 15 Parameter 10 13 13 33333333 Quantity of the batc...

Page 581: ...he Mes_Sync_Request event the system waits for the required feedback event MES_Sync_Req_Release from SIMATIC IT to start or resume the running of the batch If however SIMATIC IT is not available you can unlock the batch and resume it without an abort using the Unlock step command in the shortcut menu of the batch control Additional information Unlock step Page 1118 Additional status identifier Pag...

Page 582: ...red and whether the normalized batch quantity is correct Incorrect elements are displayed in red in the graphic recipe structure Validation is also possible in BatchCC Note By double clicking an entry in the error list you can jump to the part of the recipe that caused the problem You can use the validation control at any time Validation does not change the recipe status 10 5 3 Releasing a recipe ...

Page 583: ...been released the release must be revoked explicitly This is possible only when the option Allow editing of recipes in the Release revoked status is activated in the general settings of BatchCC Navigate to this option via the menu command Options Settings in the General tab Procedure in the BATCH Recipe Editor 1 Open the recipe master recipe or library objects 2 Select the menu command Recipe Revo...

Page 584: ...BATCH Recipe Editor 10 5 Other functions SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 584 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 585: ...IC BATCH OS Master Page 597 Create Batch Process Cell Batch orders SIMATIC BATCH OS Process Cell Page 600 Unit overview SIMATIC BATCH OS Allocation Page 605 ROP overview controlling and monitoring batches SIMATIC BATCH OS Properties Page 610 Batch creation SIMATIC BATCH OS Batch Creation Page 619 Display BATCH messages SIMATIC BATCH OS Monitor Page 621 How do I install the controls The six OS cont...

Page 586: ...ck box You use the tree structure to navigate within a batch When cleared the list view is displayed in the left area of the OS Control Batch scheduling mode When selected some table columns that are not nec essary for scheduling are hidden This makes the dis play easier to view in process mode Check boxes in the OS control Properties Meaning Show tree structure The tree structure in the navigatio...

Page 587: ... or recipe element ESIG The OS controls for SIMATIC BATCH do not support electronic signatures Operator inputs requiring a signature are not executed While an online structure change is being made to a batch in BatchCC this batch cannot be operated or monitored with the SIMATIC BATCH OS controls Such batches are marked as locked in the OS controls and the range of functions in the shortcut menu is...

Page 588: ...ocedure 1 Select the Control entry in the object palette under Smart Objects 2 Left click in the picture area and draw a rectangle keeping the left mouse button pressed Then release the left mouse button You can change the size of the control later if needed 3 Select the desired control in the Insert control dialog that opens You can find all the BATCH OS controls in the list under SIMATIC BATCH O...

Page 589: ...hannel until the communication channel is changed dynamically by a script or the control is removed from the process for example by means of a picture change How many controls can be connected to a channel You can connect any number of controls to a channel This is true even for identical controls If several controls of the same type are connected to the one channel they will all perform the reque...

Page 590: ...elete the text field that reads Messages Save the picture 3 Create a new process picture and insert the OS control CtrlBOSMonitor Save the picture 4 Copy the text field from the template and insert is above the control in the new process picture 5 Under Geometry in the picture properties adjust the picture width and height to the size of the OS control Save your picture 6 Change to your new templa...

Page 591: ... WinCC Runtime you can view the result after changing pictures To do so open the modified template using the Picture by name command and click on the button where you have placed the C action When you click the button the process picture opens and can be adjusted in size and position in the workspace However the size of the inserted OS control will not change When the picture window changes size t...

Page 592: ...ng OK 7 Close the Object properties dialog and save your process picture Result In WinCC Runtime you can view the result after changing pictures To do so open the modified template by means of the Picture by name command on each monitor With an action in an OS control on one of the monitors check whether the operator control dialog appears only there and whether the result of the operator action c...

Page 593: ...ATCH OS controls into your process picture Control CtrlBOSMaster Control CtrlBOSPCell Control CtrlBOSCreation Control CtrlBOSProperties Control CtrlBOSAllocation 3 Insert the BATCH OS control CtrlBOSMonitor into your process picture only once Messages will be output in one control for both BATCH process cells 4 Group or arrange all the BATCH OS controls in such a way that it is easy to tell which ...

Page 594: ...rocess picture in process mode Insert the process picture into the plant hierarchy of the PCS 7 project or Call the process picture using the Picture by name command The latter method will be explained here briefly 1 If you haven t already done so start OS Runtime 2 On the button panel at the bottom click the Picture by name button 3 In the dialog that appears select the process picture you just c...

Page 595: ... the User Administrator and for SIMATIC BATCH in permission management for this user s role More information on SIMATIC BATCH permission management and SIMATIC Logon roles management is available in SIMATIC BATCH help under BATCH Control Center Defining user permissions and under SIMATIC Logon SIMATIC Logon roles management Assign the appropriate permissions to the two groups in the User Administr...

Page 596: ...n of batches at the push of a button is described below Procedure 1 Open a new picture in the Graphics Designer 2 Insert the OS control SIMATIC Batch OS Batch Creation 3 Insert the Windows object Button in your picture and assign a text for the button 4 Develop a C action for the Mouse click event on the button Open the editing window Depending on your requirements different properties of the OS C...

Page 597: ... 11 3 1 Control SIMATIC BATCH OS Master What is the purpose of the SIMATIC BATCH OS Master control This control is the basis for all other BATCH OS controls in the same process picture and must always be present and configured It ensures communication between the individual controls and the BATCH project master You should configure a separate communication channel for each project you want to load...

Page 598: ...Deactivate project or project is deactivated Computer name Server is master The BATCH Launch Coordinator is in the Run ning status Server is not connected The BATCH Launch Coordinator is not in the Running status Server in error status The BATCH Launch Coordinator is in the Error status red cross Server of a single station system The BATCH Launch Coordinator is in the Running status Redundancy Sta...

Page 599: ...essages Opens the Important system messages dialog The symbol is grayed out until an important system message about SIMATIC BATCH is pending Only then is the symbol displayed in color and can be used permanently Toolbar with operator functions A toolbar is also shown in the OS control depending on the configured control property The potential functions are the same as those available in the shortc...

Page 600: ...list and Favorites Operator functions for batch operation are available in both the toolbar and in the shortcut menu Information in the control Navigation area The navigation area shows the folder structure of your Batch process cell The folder structure with names and contents is taken from the activated BATCH project The top folder has the name of your Batch process cell The folders arranged und...

Page 601: ... additionally entered into the list corresponding to the status Use the Update data command or a Picture change to remove the batch whose status no longer matches from the lists Order list A product name is only displayed in the Product column when all product names of the batches in the order have the same name In all other cases a placeholder in form of not unique is shown A placeholder is also ...

Page 602: ...gation area Icon Command Meaning New order category Select the Batch process cell and click on this command to open the New order category dialog You can create a new order category folder in this dialog You can also enter a text description New order Select the order category folder and click on this command to open the New order dialog Specify the name planned quantity a de scription and the sta...

Page 603: ...saved last The drop down list will always offer the change into all OS controls except for the change into itself or to the OS Control Monitor New batch es Creates new batches in the display area of the OS Control Creation based on a selected batch In the case of multiple selection the data from the batch that was first selected is always used as the template data Creating the object Creates a new...

Page 604: ...es the batch process cell data in the entire control Favorites Add batch to favorites Adds the selected batches to the Favorites tab Open with BatchCC If you select a batch regardless of the tab it is in it is displayed in the BatchCC Toolbar with operator functions The tools on the toolbar are also context sensitive The only tools enabled there are those that can actually be used in a specific si...

Page 605: ... the Entire list or Planning list Select the required batch and select the Start batch command in the shortcut menu You have now used the most important commands and procedures in this control 11 3 3 Control SIMATIC BATCH OS Allocation What is the purpose of the SIMATIC BATCH OS Allocation This control provides an overview of your units defined within your Batch process cells In addition to the vi...

Page 606: ...are listed for the Batch column Table column Description Symbol Meaning Unit Unit name with symbol Unit enabled for BATCH and free for new batches Unit enable for BATCH re voked Unit enabled for BATCH and currently allocated to batch Unit is registered for mainte nance Unit allocated and enable for BATCH revoked No information about status of unit available for example AS cannot be reached or is i...

Page 607: ... one ROP is active ROP runtime The runtime for a recipe oper ation determined by the sys tem If a time out occurs a time symbol is displayed Shortcut menu in the control The commands available in the shortcut menu in the control are described based on examples in the following table The commands are essentially operator commands for active batches like those listed previously for the SIMATIC BATCH...

Page 608: ...borted or canceled batches Hold batch after active step Holds the selected and running batch after the current step if you have con firmed the command Hold batch immediate ly Holds the selected and running batch immediately following your confirma tion Stop batch Stops the selected and running batch following your confirmation Abort batch Aborts the selected and running batch following your confir...

Page 609: ...ement as a fa vorite to the Favorites tab in the OS control properties Remove recipe ele ment from favorites Removes the RUP recipe element from the favorites in the Favorites tab in the OS control properties ROP recipe operation Analogous to TRP Display control recipe Displays the selected batch in the SI MATIC BATCH OS Properties con trol Brief info Displays detailed information about the select...

Page 610: ...tion and monitoring of batches in process mode Here a batch and its control recipe are displayed in detail The control is divided into the navigation tab display and overview areas Bring the control to the foreground and increase its size to the maximum BATCH OS controls 11 3 Operations in process mode SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 610 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 611: ...splayed on the Parameters tab and setpoints are specified The various tabs are generated and displayed only if corresponding data are present When batches are based on linear hierarchical control recipes autofocus is used by default The Overview tab is then displayed in the tab area instead of the many standard tabs The parameters involved in the current batch step are highlighted in bold blue fon...

Page 612: ...erview area in the figure above The control recipe is displayed in overview format in the overview area You can use the zoom settings in the display area to modify the size of the focus area on the control recipe in the overview area You can move the focus area in the overview area This changes the focus on the control recipe in the display area Toolbar in the figure In the toolbar the tool icons ...

Page 613: ...rent batch Specified are Batch name Batch ID Master recipe used hierarchical recipe only Batch quantity with unit of measure Formula used if present Start mode for the batch Can be selected from the drop down list Via operator immediately or time driven Status of batch e g released running Planned runtime of batch Product name Name of material used in the master recipe If a material used in the ba...

Page 614: ...tion step in the master recipe is displayed Operator dialog Specified are Name of instruction Name of control strategy Name of unit used with specification of runtime or monitoring runtime The planned runtime calculated by the system Start time and end time the status of the instruction as symbol and text and the text of the instruction in the instruction field You use the Apply button to acknowle...

Page 615: ...click the Change command a drop down list opens with additional commands Use the listed commands to change to the respective OS con trol If you have activated the command Undock automatical ly in the target OS control the OS control will be displayed in undock state at that location in the workspace where it was saved last The drop down list will always offer the change into all OS controls except...

Page 616: ...e selected recipe element recipe unit or recipe step after an abort or reset Pause step after step Holds the selected recipe element once it has executed Hold step imme diately Holds the selected recipe element immediately Resume step Continues the selected and previously held recipe element Stop step Stops the selected recipe elements which could not be prop erly completed Abort step Aborts the s...

Page 617: ...ng SFC types If the Always display in faceplate check box is enabled in the SFC topology settings in the WinCC Explorer the SFC visu alization is always displayed with the SFC overview window and SFC detail window Open with BCC Opens the batch shown in the OS control in the BATCH Con trol Center Close The batch displayed in the control is closed the control no longer shows any data You can display...

Page 618: ...h command in the shortcut menu 4 Start the released batch Select the batch in the navigation area and select the Start batch command in the shortcut menu 5 Watch the batch execution on the Control recipe tab and in the control recipe view in the display area Open all folders up to the recipe phase level to display the respective status 6 Hold a recipe element immediately Select an ROP in the navig...

Page 619: ... OS controls Process Cell Allocation or Properties the selected batch is applied and displayed with its basic data order category order etc as the new batch in the control SIMATIC BATCH OS Creation Use the Generate batch es or Release batches button in the OS control Creation to create one or more batches New batches will then be listed as planned or released batches in the entire list or planning...

Page 620: ... Undock Undock automatically and Change Use the command Change to represent one of the listed OS Controls in the work area as undocked OS Control if the command Undock automatically has been activated there Creating new batches You create new batches as follows 1 Click on the button in the control to the right of the Formula display field 2 In the dialog that opens select a recipe or formula 3 Cli...

Page 621: ...icture This control will let you track all the actions performed in process mode based on the messages Note Even if you want to control and monitor more than one batch process cell in a process picture insert the BATCH OS Monitor control CtrlBOSMonitor only once per process picture Messages will be output for all batch process cells in this one control Messages document your process and are contin...

Page 622: ...age again Title bar A symbol suitable to the action is displayed with the dialog name Action symbol with message text The corresponding symbol and the message text are shown in the dialog for every action Close dialog automatically in seconds check box If you select the check box the confirmation dialog is au tomatically closed after a time specified by the system If you clear the check box the di...

Page 623: ... messages Icon in mes sage text Note The master server of the project is not available The BATCH process cell data of the connected project are currently being created updated restored or compressed Toolbar and shortcut menu with operator functions The operator functions on the toolbar and shortcut menu are context sensitive This means that only operator functions commands available that can actua...

Page 624: ...der 3 Deleting specific messages Select the desired messages in the control and click the Delete command in the toolbar The messages are deleted from the message window 4 Open another confirmation dialog Select the message line and click on the Properties symbol in the toolbar 5 Cancel a message requiring user action and delete it Select the message with the status User action required Click on th...

Page 625: ... in process mode If you want to use the tooltips set the control property TooltipsEnable for the SIMATIC BATCH OS Master control to Yes during configuration in the Graphics Designer This setting then applies to all BATCH OS controls that can display tooltips Which objects in which OS controls contain tooltips Tooltips are available in the following OS controls OS control Tooltips are displayed for...

Page 626: ...e BATCH Server rejects the entered values Change your selection or the value for the cell and then click the Apply button A yellow marker means that the box is being edited A Caution symbol is displayed in a cell when you exceed the specified limits when entering parameters 11 4 4 User settings Introduction Within the BATCH OS controls you can customize the preconfigured default settings for the a...

Page 627: ...g saved is read in Even in the case of visualization on multiple screens the setting you saved last is always displayed If for example a process picture open on multiple screens is closed on those screens one after the other only the setting from the last picture closed remains saved All user settings made using scripts have a higher priority and overwrite individual client user settings All agree...

Page 628: ...ycle is permitted to arise in the chaining To chain two selected batches a shortcut menu with the Scheduling command group is available You can revoke the chaining of previously chained batches Once again the appropriate command is available in the shortcut menu Set chaining parameters such as mode and time offset in relation to the previous batch GAP Time in the BATCH OS Properties Control once y...

Page 629: ...ortcut menu command is only enabled if there is a predecessor batch Selects the predecessor batch in the chain from the corre sponding list Go to successor This shortcut menu command is only enabled if there is a predecessor batch Selects the successor batch in the chain from the corresponding list Unchain Cancels the chaining to the successor batch for two selected and chained batches Clear chain...

Page 630: ...ned batches You can filter according to chained batches on all tabs in the SIMATIC BATCH OS Process Cell control as long as they appear in the various lists Use the Chaining Predecessor and Successor tabs to show information about chained batches To show all chained batches enter a combined filter criterion Here for example Chain 8 2ndChain 18 BATCH OS controls 11 4 Applications in process mode SI...

Page 631: ...BATCH OS Properties Control The corresponding user permissions for controls are required if you wish to change chaining properties The Chaining tab is structured as follows Chaining tab table structure Chained batches are displayed via the Open control recipe command in the shortcut menu All chained batches are always displayed Table columns Meaning Functions Batch All batches in a chain are dis p...

Page 632: ...oss interconnections and target interconnections are displayed and edited on the Parameters tab in the OS Properties control Symbol in the Name table column Meaning Part of a cross interconnection Part of a target interconnection Part of a cross interconnection and target interconnection Each parameter row shown in which one of the three symbols above is displayed contains command s to navigate to...

Page 633: ... of the found text You can filter the contents of each column Type Element Text according to your requirements To do this enter your filter argument in the corresponding filter row of a column The found text is displayed in the lower section When you double click on a result row the found element is marked in the control recipe Image 11 1 Find dialog OS control Restrictions The following restricti...

Page 634: ...nly applied in the AS if you use the Effective immediately option in the recipe s parameter properties Click the Apply button to save your changes for Route Control 11 4 11 Assigning materials Input material and output material Materials created in the BCC can be used as input material as output material and as input and output material You can change the purpose assigned to a material if the batc...

Page 635: ...ions with blocking of the batch in a master recipe the batch is not processed again automatically until you apply the individual instructions As soon as an operator instruction is pending the corresponding batch step is overlaid by a blue symbol in the navigation area The following symbol is also displayed in the tab area BATCH OS controls 11 4 Applications in process mode SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Opera...

Page 636: ... transition conditions BATCH OS Properties control Condition tab If a master recipe you are using contains transition conditions for enabling recipe steps these transition steps are displayed in solid black in the navigation area Satisfying a transition condition If a transition is not step enabled because the process does not meet the transition conditions manual step enable is possible using the...

Page 637: ...ked OS controls so that the toolbar with the commands will be cut off Click on the chevron symbol to expand the toolbar 11 4 15 Filtering in BATCH OS controls Using filters in OS controls For filtering the lists you can generally use the placeholders and for other characters in all OS controls Filter searches are not case sensitive The linking character also often referred to as pipe is interprete...

Page 638: ...in the screenshot Functionalities If you double click on a recipe procedure element RPE in the display area the corresponding tab is displayed in the tab area There you can make the settings and set operator actions for the selected RPE The following functionalities are offered Display area Recipe step processing in the shortcut menu Display and edit properties of RPEs Zoom function Scroll bar for...

Page 639: ...he focus window can be moved in the overview window thereby moving the focus on the control recipe in the display area also Settings in the control recipe view in the display area have no effect on the control recipe view on the Control recipe tab in the tab area The shortcut menu that opens when you select a recipe element provides commands for processing recipes and for the size of the recipe vi...

Page 640: ...ar control recipe is displayed Simple linear control recipes consist of an RUP and do not include synchronization a jump an alternative branch or parallel branch Autofocus is automatically activated for batches based on such control recipes BATCH OS controls 11 4 Applications in process mode SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 640 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 641: ... with the button A mouse click on the button changes the view in the tab area from the Overview tab to the standard tabs Additional information Control SIMATIC BATCH OS Properties Page 610 11 5 Control properties references 11 5 1 SIMATIC BATCH OS master 11 5 1 1 CommunicationChannel String Defines the communication channel for the selected BATCH project All other SIMATIC BATCH OS controls that co...

Page 642: ... at a given time If you want to connect another BATCH project the existing connection is first closed If several masters are connected to the same project through different communication channels and a master closes this connection all the other masters will lose the connection The default is no fixed project name The attribute can be dynamized with the ProjectName name 11 5 1 4 DBIdent String If ...

Page 643: ... title Value Description Project 1 Name of the BATCH project Computer name 3 Name of the BATCH server master Redundancy 4 Name of the BATCH server standby The values are separated by a semicolon and entered in the following syntax 1 3 4 By changing the value sequence you make a corresponding change in the column sequence By leaving out a value the corresponding table column title is not shown in t...

Page 644: ...e also influence the shortcut menu The values are separated by a semicolon and entered in the following syntax for example 1 2 3 4 5 Putting the toolbar elements in a different sequence would for example produce the following values 2 1 3 4 5 Putting two semicolons between single digits is the same as a vertical line between the toolbar elements The example results in the following toolbar Use a n...

Page 645: ... in the SIMATIC BATCH OS Properties control The following is valid for tabs with the values 1 to 8 If a value is listed the associated tab is shown If a value is not listed the associated tab is not displayed The following is valid for tabs with the values 9 9 to 15 15 If a value is not listed the associated tab is shown If a value with a negative sign is listed the associated tab is hidden If a v...

Page 646: ...gineering for the SIMATIC PC station Only then does the PC exist in the BATCH permission management and you can then assign the relevant rights for this PC and its operators The default value is SIMATIC Logon 1 The attribute can be dynamized with the UserRightsPriority name 11 5 1 15 AutoConnect Boolean variable Value for AutoConnect Yes A project is entered for the attribute ProjectName The proje...

Page 647: ...dcard for any number of characters Example Entering the criterion M vessel Returns all units with the initial letter M followed by any number of characters and the postfix vessel If there is only one unit displayed a batch running on this unit will be displayed automatically in the SIMATIC BATCH OS Properties control Default Yes The attribute can be dynamized with the FilterUnitName name 11 5 2 3 ...

Page 648: ... 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 By changing the number sequence you make a corresponding change to the column name sequence The attribute can be dynamized with the ColumnOrderAndVisibility name 11 5 2 5 ColumnResizeEnabled Boolean variable This attribute specifies whether or not the column width of the table in the control can be adapted by the operator If Yes is set an operator can adapt the column width ...

Page 649: ...iately 5 Resume batch 6 Stop batch 7 Abort batch 8 Abort batch emergency 9 Display control recipe 10 Update 11 Open with BCC 12 Delete batch 14 Close batch 15 Archive batch 16 The values are entered separated by a semicolon Changing the sequence of the symbols would for example produce the following values 1 13 2 3 14 4 5 6 7 8 9 15 16 10 11 12 The double semicolon or the value 0 create a vertical...

Page 650: ...ensures that you obtain the data for the unit allocation from the relevant BATCH project Default value 1 The attribute can be dynamized with the CommunicationChannel name 11 5 3 2 OrderCategoryName String With this attribute you specify which batch from this order category will be displayed in the control Apart from the OrderCategoryName attribute the OrderName and BatchName attributes are also re...

Page 651: ...s whether or not the navigation area is displayed in the control In the navigation area the recipe structure is shown in the form of folders and contents The status of batches is shown superimposed on the folder symbols In process mode the size of the navigation area can be adapted by pressing and holding down the left mouse button Default Yes The attribute can be dynamized with the TreeVisible na...

Page 652: ... batch 4 Lock batch 5 Unlock 6 Start batch 7 Pause batch after step 8 Hold batch immediately 9 Resume batch 10 Stop batch 11 Abort batch 12 Abort batch emergency 13 Close batch 14 Archive batch 15 Enter comment 25 Start step 16 Pause step after step 17 Hold step immediately 18 Resume step 19 Stop step 20 Unblock step 48 48 Abort step 21 Abort step emergency 22 BATCH OS controls 11 5 Control proper...

Page 653: ...or the Undock automatically function the button is displayed in the OS control as pressed that is the OS Control is automatically shown as undocked Default 1 30 36 37 38 39 31 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 3 4 35 28 26 32 33 29 27 The attribute can be dynamized with the ToolbarOrderAndVisibility name 11 5 3 8 ToolbarVisible Boolean variable This attribute specifie...

Page 654: ...ation 15 Location ID 16 Description 17 Time remaining 18 Note To make the Time remaining table column visible in the control enter the assigned value 18 manually Effective immediately 19 Formula 22 Note To make the Formula table column visible in the control enter the assigned value 22 man ually 1 The Quality column is not supported and exists only for compatibility reasons Default 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9...

Page 655: ...lumn is not supported and exists only for compatibility reasons The values are entered separated by a semicolon The attribute can be dynamized with the ParametersListColumnWidth name 11 5 3 11 ParametersListColumnResizeEnabled Boolean variable This attribute specifies whether or not the column width in the Parameters tab of the properties dialog and in the SIMATIC BATCH OS Properties control can b...

Page 656: ...String This attribute defines the sequence of the table columns in the Allocations tab of the properties dialog and in the SIMATIC BATCH OS Properties control If values are not specified the corresponding columns are not displayed in the control The values are separated by a semicolon and entered in the following syntax 1 2 3 4 5 6 By changing the sequence of the values you make a corresponding ch...

Page 657: ...value 1 The attribute can be dynamized with the CommunicationChannel name 11 5 4 2 OrderCategoryName String With this attribute you specify a name for an order category in which batches will be created The name you enter for the order category will be displayed in the control Default No name The attribute can be dynamized with the OrderCategoryName name 11 5 4 3 OrderName String With this attribut...

Page 658: ...s matching your filter criterion are displayed in the dialog Default No filter The attribute can be dynamized with the FilterClassName name 11 5 4 8 FilterGroupName String This attribute specifies the filter for the second folder level of the master recipes and or formulas in the dialog for selecting recipes formulas Only folder contents with master recipes and or formulas matching your filter cri...

Page 659: ...e String This attribute specifies a set filter for the Formula column of the dialog for selecting recipes formulas Default No filter The attribute can be dynamized with the FilterFormulaName name 11 5 4 13 RecipeName String With this attribute you specify a fixed name for a master recipe in the control Default None The attribute can be dynamized with the RecipeName name 11 5 4 14 FormulaName Strin...

Page 660: ...e you specify whether or not the row in which the recipe formula and browse button are located is displayed in the control Default Yes the entire row and contents will be displayed The attribute can be dynamized with the RecipeOrFormulaEnabled name 11 5 4 19 BrowseOrderAndOrderCatVisible Boolean variable With this attribute you specify whether or not a browse button for orders and order categories...

Page 661: ...hCountEnabled Boolean variable With this attribute you specify whether or not the number of completed batches is displayed in the control Default Yes The attribute can be dynamized with the BatchCountEnabled name 11 5 4 24 BatchCount Long integer With this attribute you specify the required number of batches to be created Default 1 The attribute can be dynamized with the BatchCount name 11 5 4 25 ...

Page 662: ... attribute you specify whether or not the Release batches automatically check box is displayed and can be enabled in the control Default Yes The attribute can be dynamized with the AutoReleaseBatchVisible name 11 5 4 29 AutoReleaseBatch Boolean variable With this attribute you decide whether or not the Release batches automatically check box is enabled in the control Default Yes The attribute can ...

Page 663: ...h the BatchDescriptionVisible name 11 5 4 34 StartTrigger Boolean variable Use this attribute in process mode to instruct the control to create a batch with the existing settings To use this function set the attribute to Yes When the control has created the batch the attribute is reset to No again If an error occurs during creation of a batch the event OnBatchCreationFault is triggered You can rea...

Page 664: ...ized with the ToolbarOrderAndVisibility name 11 5 4 36 ToolbarVisible Boolean variable This attribute specifies whether or not the toolbar is displayed in the control Default Yes The attribute can be dynamized with the ToolbarVisible name 11 5 4 37 RecipeOrFormulaListColumnWidth String This attribute defines the width of the individual table columns in the dialog for selecting recipes formulas The...

Page 665: ...apt the column width in process mode Default Yes The attribute can be dynamized with the RecipeOrFormulaListColumnResizeEnable name 11 5 4 40 RecipeOrFormulaListColumnFilterVisible Boolean variable This attribute specifies whether or not a filter row is displayed for each table column in the dialog for selecting recipes formulas Default Yes The attribute can be dynamized with the RecipeOrFormulaLi...

Page 666: ...s 2 Message 3 Date 4 The values are separated by a semicolon and entered in the following syntax 1 2 3 4 By changing the sequence of the values you make a corresponding change in the column sequence The attribute can be dynamized with the ColumnOrderAndVisibility name 11 5 5 4 ColumnResizeEnabled Boolean variable This attribute specifies whether or not the column width of the table in the control ...

Page 667: ...ertical line separator in the toolbar This allows you to group the toolbar symbols individually in the toolbar Default 1 3 4 5 2 The attribute can be dynamized with the ToolbarOrderAndVisibility name 11 5 5 7 ToolbarVisible Boolean variable This attribute specifies whether or not the toolbar is displayed in the control Default Yes the toolbar is used and displayed The attribute can be dynamized wi...

Page 668: ...h tabs are shown in the OS control If you leave out values in the attribute or if you use a value with a negative sign instead this tab is not shown in the OS control Example 1 2 3 4 6 5 The Favorites tab is not shown in the OS control Process cell The tabs are shown in the following sequence from left to right in the OS control Process Cell Entire list Planning list Status list Results list Order...

Page 669: ...es The column widths for the table columns in the Order list tab are entered separately following the delimiter The specified column width does not depend on the column arrangement The values are entered separated by a semicolon The default values for column width are as follows Table column Column width in pixels Batch 140 Order category 100 Order 100 Batch ID 40 Master recipe 75 Formula 75 Produ...

Page 670: ...e in the OS control If you leave out values in the attribute the corresponding columns are not displayed If you delete all values from the attribute the columns Chaining Predecessor and Successor are still displayed The columns Chaining Predecessor and Successor are hidden in the OS control by the corresponding values with negative signs Column header Value Batch 1 Order category 2 Order 3 Batch I...

Page 671: ...e dynamized with the ColumnFilterVisible name 11 5 6 10 ToolbarOrderAndVisibility String This attribute specifies the sequence of the symbols in the OS control toolbar If individual values are not specified the corresponding symbols are not displayed in the toolbar The values are separated by a semicolon and entered in the following syntax 1 13 18 17 26 Changing the sequence of the elements would ...

Page 672: ...you enter the value 22 instead of the specified value 22 for the attribute for the Undock automatically function the button is displayed in the OS control as pressed that is the OS Control is automatically shown as undocked Default 1 22 24 25 23 26 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 19 18 20 21 The attribute can be dynamized with the ToolbarOrderAndVisibility name 11 5 6 11 ToolbarVisible Boo...

Page 673: ...leased BATCH folder sbdata on the SIMATIC BATCH server delete the following folders The location of the BATCH folder sbdata depends on the type of installation and the operating system used as follows Open the Shares folder in Computer Management under System Shared Folders Shares The shared folder name is BATCH and the folder path is also displayed Delete the EDS folder on a distributed system th...

Page 674: ...ws down your system To prevent this you can remove unnecessary data records from the database Tips Close completed batches Command in the shortcut menu Close Archive closed batches Command in the shortcut menu Archiving Delete archived batches Command in the shortcut menu Delete object The following settings on the Batches tab of the project settings in the BatchCC perform the actions listed above...

Page 675: ...in sblaunchcoordinatorservice32ux exe silentstop Note The storage location of the application sblaunchcoordinatorservice32ux exe depends on the operating system Save the file 6 Make sure that this batch file is run as administrator whenever the UPS system reports the power failure event Result SIMATIC BATCH will be automatically exited on an event driven basis The instruction sblaunchcoordinatorse...

Page 676: ...Changing the type of the parameter for example Bool to Real Renaming parameters No Changing setpoint limits Changing the unit of a parameter Changes to the step and transition configuration The term Parameter used in the table means only BATCH relevant parameters such as control strategies and setpoints Flowchart for configuration steps The following flowchart illustrates the steps in configuratio...

Page 677: ...Q GLDORJ GRZQORDG 6 RQO UHOHYDQW 6 LQFOXGLQJ V DWFK HQJLQHHULQJ KDQJHV WR WKH PHVVDJH FRQILJXUDWLRQ 7 FRQILJXUDWLRQ GLDORJ IRU JHQHUDWLQJ UHOHYDQW SURMHFW EDWFK W SHV 7 FRQILJXUDWLRQ GLDORJ GRZQORDG EDWFK SURFHVV FHOO 7 FRQILJXUDWLRQ GLDORJ EDWFK SURFHVV FHOO 7UDQVIHU PHVVDJHV 6 0 7 0DQDJHU GRZQORDG 26 HV 0DQXDO DGDSWDWLRQ RI WKH EDWFK W SHV 1R LPDJH LQ WKH Image 12 1 SIMATIC BATCH procedure 1 Rec...

Page 678: ... FKDQJHV RQWURO VWUDWHJ FKDQJHV VHWSRLQW OLPLWV DQG QR HV 7 FRQILJXUDWLRQ GLDORJ IRU JHQHUDWLQJ UHOHYDQW SURMHFW EDWFK W SHV 7 FRQILJXUDWLRQ GLDORJ SURSDJDWH EDWFK W SHV 7 FRQILJXUDWLRQ GLDORJ PHUJH FRPSLOH EDWFK LQVWDQFHV 6WDUW DWFK HQJLQHHULQJ KDQJHV WR WKH EDWFK SURFHVV FHOO 6 0 7 VWDWLRQV HV Image 12 2 SIMATIC BATCH procedure 2 Recommended procedure 12 4 What effects do changes to SFC types ha...

Page 679: ...QJ WKH VHWWLQJV 0DQXDO 6 FRQQHFWLRQ QR HV 1HW3UR QVHUW VDYH DQG FRPSLOH QHZ FRQQHFWLRQ 7 FRQILJXUDWLRQ GLDORJ GRZQORDG QHZ 6 FRQQHFWLRQ WR WKH UHOHYDQW 6 DQG VHUYHU 6 FRQQHFWLRQ IRU D QHZ 6 RU D UHGXQGDQW VHUYHU 5 RU 7 6EDVHG KDQJH LQ WKH SURFHGXUH FKDQJHV WR WKH EDWFK SURFHVV FHOO 7KHQ FRQWLQXH KHUH 6WDUW 5 L DUG 5HJLVWHU 6 FRQQHFWLRQV DQG IROORZ LQVWUXFWLRQV GRZQORDG DOO 6 DQG 5 6 5 6 7 6EDVHG I...

Page 680: ... generated and displayed In the Batch CC the red lightning icon is displayed for the batch Reset the step with the error in the BatchCC and start it again Effects of interface changes in the basic engineering on existing master recipes A change to the SFC type with an interface change can have the following effects on existing master recipes and batches Master recipes in which objects of the modif...

Page 681: ...ons The IEPH IEOP block is used to pass on the batch control commands to the user block basic function blocks and process the status messages of the user block in the status word of the IEPH IEOP block for batch control The user block contains the status processing for an equipment phase The internal algorithm only permits the status transitions described below Note The user program must comply pr...

Page 682: ...57 2 6723 257 5 6 7 203 7 217 67 3B12 B B1 0 2 83 4 B 1 467 57 4 2 46723 4 257 45 6 7 47 50 4 217 967 3B12 9 B 9 B1 0 4B2 83 3 3 23 8VHU EORFN When starting a batch the corresponding units representative block UNIT_PLC are allocated via the WinCC Data Manager The UNIT_PLC passes the allocation on to the IEPH IEOP Recommended procedure 12 5 How are IEPH IEOP blocks connected to the user blocks SIMA...

Page 683: ...D BOOL Unit allocation BA_STATE DWORD Status word for BATCH Allocation of the status word BA_STATE The status word BA_STATE must have the following allocation Bit Hex value Meaning Bit Hex value Meaning 0 0x0000 0001 IDLE 16 0x0001 0000 Reserved 1 0x0000 0002 RUNNING ISA 88 state 17 0x0002 0000 Automatic manual 2 0x0000 0004 COMPLETED ISA 88 state 18 0x0004 0000 Release for batch 3 0x0000 0008 HEL...

Page 684: ...0000 Reserved 14 0x0000 4000 STOPPING ISA 88 state 30 0x4000 0000 Reserved 15 0x0000 8000 Not used 31 0x8000 0000 General error Note The BA_STAT status word can contain an ISA 88 status and other operating modes for example automatic or manual It is not possible for more than one ISA 88 status to be present at the same time The continuous mode may only be set in the ready to complete status Recomm...

Page 685: ... 67233 1 257 1 67233 B67 7 5 6 7 257 B67 7 5 680 1 2 2 1 2 5 680 67 57 5 72 203 7 B67 7 203 7 203 7 1 QRQ VHOI WHUPLQDWLQJ 217 18286 B67 7 217 217 VHOI WHUPLQDWLQJ 7UDQVLWLRQDO VWDWH 6 VWDWH HJHQG H DGHFLPDO DWD 2SHUDWLRQ RQWLQXRXV 6SHFLDO DVH DVH GLIIHUHQWLDWLRQ Recommended procedure 12 5 How are IEPH IEOP blocks connected to the user blocks SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174...

Page 686: ...ue or a number 3 Open the SFC type or the interface block of the corresponding technical function in which you want to use the transfer parameter Create a new setpoint in the characteristics In the new declaration line assign a name and select the appropriate transfer parameter in the Data type column The block is supplemented with the new inputs outputs when the CFC chart of the technical functio...

Page 687: ...operate and monitor batch processes in BatchCC for testing purposes the recipe logic of which runs in the automation system and is simulated in S7 PLCSIM Requirements Installation of SIMATIC PCS 7 option S7 PLCSIM V5 4 SP5 Upd1 An open PCS 7 project with SIMATIC BATCH in the SIMATIC Manager Master recipe containing recipe unit procedures RUPs that are executed on the AS Procedure 1 In the SIMATIC ...

Page 688: ...priate entry from the drop down list see information on the status bar in SIMATIC Manager and apply the setting 8 Open the BATCH configuration dialog in SIMATIC Manager and make all the additional BATCH configurations there 9 Select your AS in the process cell data Select the Simulation TCP IP on off option in the properties Then load the SIMATIC BATCH server Make sure that memory configuration of...

Page 689: ...which recipe unit procedures are executed in the AS 19 Release the batch 20 Start the batch for simulation Result They have simulated your user program in S7 PLCSIM 12 8 How do I configure and use dynamic unit parameters 12 8 1 How do I configure parameter steps A parameter step refers to a recipe step in a master recipe at which parameter values are configured that are passed to a unit During con...

Page 690: ... 1 Open the Enumerations folder in SIMATIC Manager within the Shared Declarations of your project Create a new enumeration Example TA_states 2 Create two values for the unit property UnitState for example clean and dirty Image 12 4 Creating an enumeration Recommended procedure 12 8 How do I configure and use dynamic unit parameters SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 690 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 691: ...th other block connections is already visible 2 Double click the visible connection and select the TA_states enumeration you created under Enumeration 3 Then select the value of the enumeration for example clean and exit the dialog Image 12 5 Selecting enumeration at block contact 4 Compile and download the CFC charts and exit CFC afterward Recommended procedure 12 8 How do I configure and use dyn...

Page 692: ... coordinator start it with the corresponding command from the shortcut menu of the BATCH launch coordinator 2 Open BatchCC and update your batch process cell Only then can the new engineering data be used in SIMATIC BATCH 3 Open a master recipe in which you want to configure a new parameter step 4 Insert a recipe function or a recipe operation which includes the recipe function in the correspondin...

Page 693: ...d1 in the transition wizard and a constant as operand2 The process tag clean dirty is available under _Unit_Properties UnitStatus_Param Image 12 6 Configuring the transition condition 8 Save your master recipe and release it for production The final master recipe can look like this Recommended procedure 12 8 How do I configure and use dynamic unit parameters SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 ...

Page 694: ... the value dirty If the next transfer function or the alternative branch is run depends on the result of the transition The transfer function is only started when the value is clean The alternative branch is executed in our example This means that no other phases are executed and the batch is completed Recommended procedure 12 8 How do I configure and use dynamic unit parameters SIMATIC BATCH V8 2...

Page 695: ...ock interconnected in a chart must always be assigned to an enumeration or a control strategy data type The validation signals an error in the BATCH configuration dialog in both cases This error must be eliminated prior to the download Requirements The software and the project have been updated You are using BATCH blocks from the current block library Description of configurations The configuratio...

Page 696: ...ntrol strategy with three values for example in the Shared Declaration folder of your project Image 12 8 Creating a control strategy Recommended procedure 12 8 How do I configure and use dynamic unit parameters SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 696 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 697: ...Image 12 9 Creating a control strategy parameter Recommended procedure 12 8 How do I configure and use dynamic unit parameters SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 697 ...

Page 698: ...k 2 Select the Libraries tab and navigate to the parameter interface blocks in the BATCH block library Image 12 10 BATCH parameter interface blocks 3 Insert the parameter interface blocks required for your configuration in the open chart The blocks of type BOOL ENUM REAL and DINT are configured as an example for later use in SIMATIC BATCH Then interconnect the EPE_CONN I O at the UNIT_PLC block wi...

Page 699: ...ENUM block Assign the control strategy TA_strategy created in the shared declarations and clean as initial value in the properties of the I O SP_VAL Image 12 11 Assigning a control strategy to block I O SP_VAL of parameter block IEPAR_ENUM Recommended procedure 12 8 How do I configure and use dynamic unit parameters SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 699 ...

Page 700: ...CH configuration dialog for your multiproject or your project 2 Generate the batch types and propagate them in the multiproject 3 Compile the batch instances and merge them in the multiproject 4 You check this by opening the structures you have extended in the instances In our example these are the instances DynREAL DynBOOL DynDINT and DynENUM in the Reactor R501 folder that are listed as new Reco...

Page 701: ...rameter groups to each unit Image 12 13 Assignment of parameter groups to the units Recommended procedure 12 8 How do I configure and use dynamic unit parameters SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 701 ...

Page 702: ...meter under Batch Types Equipment Properties Click Edit in the display window Image 12 14 Dynamic unit parameters equipment properties Recommended procedure 12 8 How do I configure and use dynamic unit parameters SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 702 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 703: ...u Recipe engineering 1 Make sure that the project was activated on the PCS 7 OS and on the BATCH server and then open BatchCC 2 Update the process cell data in BatchCC 3 Select an existing master recipe and cancel its release if necessary Then open it in the Recipe Editor 4 The existing master recipe is now extended by a parameter step and a parameter query in the Recipe Editor as an example The m...

Page 704: ...for input and selection of values The entered values are passed to the process by batch control and can be used Image 12 16 Creating a parameter step Recommended procedure 12 8 How do I configure and use dynamic unit parameters SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 704 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 705: ...ues at the unit here R501 name UnitStatus_param A master recipe extended by this functionality can look like this The values at the unit are queried in conditions in the transitions Depending on the value the next steps are either executed or bypassed in an alternative branch Recommended procedure 12 8 How do I configure and use dynamic unit parameters SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A...

Page 706: ...Image 12 18 Transition query Recommended procedure 12 8 How do I configure and use dynamic unit parameters SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 706 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 707: ...Result Image 12 19 Batch execution Recommended procedure 12 8 How do I configure and use dynamic unit parameters SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 707 ...

Page 708: ...her batch execution A condition is configured in a corresponding master recipe for this purpose Requirements Parameters from batch control or the process e g probe are passed dynamically to the units available for selection In our example the value of the input UnitStatus is set to Clean at reactor R501 and the value at reactor R502 is set to Dirty The corresponding IEPAR parameter blocks have bee...

Page 709: ...he unit allocation at the unit in the master recipe Image 12 20 Condition when allocating the unit class 3 Select the unit recipe procedure here Reactor on which you want to insert the condition for the allocation Select The longest out of use as strategy in the Allocation tab This means one of the two units is allocated even if both are possible Recommended procedure 12 8 How do I configure and u...

Page 710: ...er e g clean and click Next Click on the first button AND and then on New Select the equipment attribute UnitClass UnitClasses and click Next Select the operator and click Next In the next dialog specify the target value here it is the unit class Reactor click Next and then Finish Image 12 21 Condition with allocation Recommended procedure 12 8 How do I configure and use dynamic unit parameters SI...

Page 711: ...T_PLC block of reactor R502 to the created enumeration TA_states and select the value dirty As a result if there is an allocation condition for the Reactor unit class the condition will only be true for Reactor 501 allowing it to be selected dynamically for further batch execution Recommended procedure 12 8 How do I configure and use dynamic unit parameters SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2...

Page 712: ...to reactor R501 is executed The condition for the allocation was true for reactor R501 and not for reactor R502 Image 12 23 Control recipe of the executed batch Recommended procedure 12 8 How do I configure and use dynamic unit parameters SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 712 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 713: ... mode of operation Mode d opération Formula formula Formule Formula Kategorie formula category Affecter la catégorie de formule Geräte process equipment Machines Grundfunktion master recipe phase Phase de recette principale Grundoperation master recipe operation Opération de recette principale Grundrezept master recipe Recette principale Istwert process value Valeur de mesure Messstelle tag Point ...

Page 714: ...rezept control recipe Recette exécutable Stoff material Matière Stoffausstoß output material les matières de sortie Strang path Ligne train Techn Einrichtung equipment module Module d équipement Technische Funktion equipment phase Phase d équipement Technische Operation equipment operation Opération d équipement Teilanlage unit Unité Teilanlagenprozedur equipment unit procedure Procédure d unité d...

Page 715: ...laceholder empty step empty transition OS Operator station PCell Process cell PCS 7 Process Control System 7 PDM Process Device Manager PLC Programmable logic controller CPU RC Route Control RPH Recipe phase ROP Recipe operation RP Recipe procedure RPE Recipe procedure element RE Recipe editor SCI SIMATIC Control Interface SFC Sequential Function Chart SP Setpoint SB SIMATIC BATCH SIT SIMATIC IT S...

Page 716: ...ted complete menu command by typing in the relevant letters When you enter the last letter in the key combination the menu command is executed Examples Menu commands Key combination Recipe New ALT R N Edit Go to previous error ALT E G P 13 3 2 Key commands for menu commands Functions The following table lists examples of menu commands with the corresponding key commands for the recipe editor Funct...

Page 717: ...ransition Insert menu Page 546 F3 Alternative branch Insert menu Page 546 Ctrl F9 Loop Insert menu Page 547 Ctrl F7 Zoom in Page 1089 Alt Zoom out Page 1089 Alt Normal size Resetting the zoom factor Page 1089 Ctrl 1 Fit Optimal zoom factor Page 1090 End Fit automatically Possibilities for adapting the edit window Page 495 Shift End Display errors Options menu Page 1103 F11 Display all errors Optio...

Page 718: ...nning of the text CTRL HOME To the end of the text CTRL END Additional information International German key names Page 720 13 3 4 Moving the mouse pointer in the menu bar shortcut menu Functions Function Key combination Move to the menu bar F10 Move to the shortcut menu SHIFT F10 Move to the menu that contains the underscored character A ALT A Select a menu command Underlined character in the menu...

Page 719: ...changes Cancel button ESC Additional information International German key names Page 720 13 3 6 Selecting texts with key commands Functions Function Key combination One character to the right SHIFT RIGHT ARROW One character to the left SHIFT LEFT ARROW One word to the right CTRL SHIFT RIGHT ARROW One word to the left CTRL SHIFT LEFT ARROW The text to the beginning of a line SHIFT HOME The text to ...

Page 720: ...13 3 8 International German key names Functions International key name German key name HOME Pos1 END End PAGE UP Page Up PAGE DOWN Page Down CTRL Strg SHIFT Umschalt ENTER Eingabetaste DEL Entf INSERT Einfg BACKSPACE Zurück 13 3 9 Numeric pad international German Keys in the numeric pad The coding of the keys in the numeric pad is language dependent Use the keys in the main block of the keyboard f...

Page 721: ...TCH sbbatchcc32ux exe v o Starts the BatchCC in the Foreground mode This means that the window is always on top of all other normal windows including WinCC Runtime Other windows with the Fore ground attribute can however be on top of the BatchCC window C Program Files x86 SIEMENS BATCH sbbatchcc32ux exe o c x y dx dy Permitted display area The screen coordi nates define the area in which BatchCC c...

Page 722: ...Appendix 13 4 Command line parameters for BatchCC SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 722 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 723: ...ely The option applies to libraries master recipes and batches Step transition The recipe phases EOP EPH and the transitions can be displayed in four different views Display unit With this option you can prevent the display of the unit on the boxes of the steps in flat recipes When this option is activated the name of the unit to which this EOP EPH was assigned is displayed on the recipe phase The...

Page 724: ... right of their symbol Selection range of lines Specifies the tolerance for line selection If low values are set the line must be hit exactly to select the sequence Line width Specifies the width of lines 0 specifies a hairline its thickness depends on the currently selected resolution Grid in X Y direction The grid is used as a factor for all other dimensions It enlarges or reduces everything sim...

Page 725: ...u use the buttons in the toolbar Zoom in alt and Zoom out alt When you hold down Ctrl key while using the mouse scroll wheel The factor can be set in the range from 110 to 400 Zooming in and zooming out using the status bar is not influenced by the factor Center zoom area on selected objects If this option is activated the zoom is centered on a selected object If the option is not activated the ce...

Page 726: ...and BATCH Recipe Editor is user specific This setting does not change the language of the dialogs and shortcut menus of the BATCH Launch Coordinator BATCH control server and BATCH data management CDV The language change for these objects is set on the BATCH server using the Server language command in the shortcut menu of the BATCH Launch Coordinator 14 1 2 BCC and RE dialog box project settings 14...

Page 727: ...n the Recipe Editor Here you decide which recipe elements are displayed in the navigation window of the Recipe Editor Set the value of properties you do not want displayed to No OK button Exits the dialog and saves your settings Standard button If you click this button all project settings you have changed in this tab are reset to the default setting i e Yes Apply button Saves your settings withou...

Page 728: ...ng of this property is Yes Allow jump beyond synchronization lines If you set the value of this property to Yes jump destinations beyond synchronization lines are permitted Additional information Jump Insert menu Page 548 Monitoring Insert menu Page 541 The default setting of this property is No Transfer setpoints when changing from manual to automatic If you change an active phase from manual to ...

Page 729: ...le in the limited set of units The default setting of this property is No Allow importing of materials If you set the value of this property to Yes then during import of recipes associated materials that are not yet contained in BatchCC are imported The default setting of this property is No Display indexes During the creation of recipes flat hierarchical in the Recipe Editor indexes are assigned ...

Page 730: ...cial rules apply to indexes for library references within master recipes The following applies to the Unique setting Placeholder element in the master recipe A unique index is assigned and displayed for the placeholder element of the referenced library Library The recipe elements within the actual library get a new range of independent indexes When libraries are created new unique indexes are crea...

Page 731: ...n error state If an error is pending at the IEOP IEPH interface blocks SIMATIC BATCH has so far not sent a start command to the block The start command could be operated at the batch but was not sent to the block The default setting of this property is No Using optimized startup characteristics for SFC type If you select the Yes property for the project setting the control strategy the setpoints a...

Page 732: ... number of batches per order above which a warning message will be displayed Database size warning database size Set the value for this property to Yes and enter a value for the database size above which a warning message will be displayed The default setting is no warning message and a database size of 4000 MB Validation Always show warnings If you use this property the messages will be displayed...

Page 733: ...value in entered of the total size of the partition a warning is output as system message in BatchCC in addition to a warning on the PCS 7 OS Monitoring time for batch and step commands When a batch or step command does not result in the desired target status within the selected time in seconds the command is treated as not appropriately completed and a warning message is output The warning messag...

Page 734: ...tions that are linked to the same database Click in a row to change the color of a property A link symbol appears at the far right in the highlighted row Click on the link symbol and select a new color for the selected property OK button Exits the dialog and saves your settings Standard button Click this button to reset all project settings you have changed in this tab to the default setting Yes A...

Page 735: ...s case use unique object names because multiple object names with the same version may otherwise be present Free versioning option If you select this option and enter a version number under Preset version this version number will be used in recipes formulas and libraries The default setting of the preset version is V1 0 Use the Save as command to rename the element and specify the version ID Syste...

Page 736: ...or selection in both dialogs When you set the system aided versioning option you cannot rename an existing recipe formula or library This function is not offered in the shortcut menu of the element OK button Closes the dialog and saves your settings Default button Click this button to reset all project settings you have changed in this tab to the default setting Yes Apply button Saves your setting...

Page 737: ...ect the file and to change the status to Module useable This status will only be adopted if the module itself functions correctly Add Opens the Installed plug in modules dialog in which you can add modules whose files are on the computer Remove This button is active only when a module is selected This revokes the registration of the project The entire functionality of this module is therefore disa...

Page 738: ... The PlugIn DLL to be used should be stored on the local PC ideally in the BATCH installation folder If the DLL file is addressed in another directory on a network drive or via a network path this can lead to malfunctions and error messages due to missing windows user permissions Status display for the modules Icon Description Module cannot be used however module is registered for the current proj...

Page 739: ...ntire project The settings that you make here are not user specific or computer specific In contrast to the electronic signatures for batch elements this setting applies centrally to all objects on which a corresponding action can be executed Layout of the tab The dialog has a table layout with the following contents Table columns Operator action Display Column headers Click on one of the column h...

Page 740: ...omment field in addition to their electronic signature If no comment is entered the dialog cannot be closed and the recipe execution cannot be continued Edit Opens the Configure roles dialog Use this dialog to define the user roles OK Saves your settings and closes the dialog Standard Resets the settings you have made to the standard settings as delivered Cancel Exits the dialog without saving you...

Page 741: ...ault setting Effective immediately for newly created parameters in the Recipe Editor With recipe phases of the type EPH and EOP parameter values changed by the operator will become effective immediately this means they are transferred from the running recipe steps EPH and EOP in the control recipe directly to the automation system where they effect the block running in the AS If you use the proper...

Page 742: ...t the end of the batch and do not continue to run when the corresponding unit is released Default setting No Close and archive Archive automatically If you set this property value to Yes batches that are completed aborted or stopped will be closed and archived automatically Batches requiring an electronic signature for these actions will be ignored Default setting No Close and archive Wait time af...

Page 743: ...on Opens the online help for this dialog Additional information Requirements for online structural changes Page 461 Extended continuous mode Page 404 14 1 2 10 Batches Predefined batch name In this dialog you define the static and dynamic content for the automatic generation of batch names Batch names that are created with predefined names automatically receive a file extension file suffix You rec...

Page 744: ...m being released When you have defined a batch name click the Add button This applies the selected element and the attribute in a table display The batch name comprising these name parts is displayed in the Example area Repeat the process for each desired name forming element As a result the batch name becomes longer and longer The system increments a predefined batch name automatically The predef...

Page 745: ... dialog and saves your settings Standard button When you click this button all project settings you have changed in this tab are reset to the default settings Apply button Saves your settings without closing the dialog Cancel button Exits the dialog without saving your settings Help button Opens the online help for this dialog 14 1 2 11 Batches Archiving Archiving method Introduction In this dialo...

Page 746: ...veryone group poses security problems and is therefore not recommended Procedure Select the Directory option 1 Enter the folder name in the input field in conformity with UNC notation Example Computer name Name of the shared folder If you have already created a shared folder in the network you can use the button to search for this folder and select it 2 Click on the Test button to test the connect...

Page 747: ...red in the SQL Server text box Can the specified SQL server be accessed Is there a database with the specified name This name is derived from the internal name of the SIMATIC BATCH project Is there a table with the name tblBatches in the database Can the tblBatches table be written to If one of these tests fails a message is displayed and the dialog cannot be closed with the current information Co...

Page 748: ...directory access protection SIMATIC BATCH does not support saving of archive data in subfolders It is always saved in the root directory Version XML archive formats of the following SIMATIC BATCH versions are available to you in SIMATIC BATCH The version specifications relate to the Directory SQL Server and FTP Server archiving methods The selection of archive formats must be observed when you use...

Page 749: ...fault There is an XML schema for this that is also installed V8 1 0 If you install SIMATIC BATCH V8 1 0 this archive format is then set and used by default There is an XML schema for this that is also installed V8 2 0 If you install SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 0 this archive format is then set and used as default There is an XML schema for this that is also installed OK button Exits the dialog and saves yo...

Page 750: ...ignation _batch in the file name which cannot be changed The underscore may only be used once in the entire file name The report templates are available in the installation folder SIEMENS BATCH RSTemplates according to your installation Select one or more report templates for PDF report creation using the corresponding check box The PDF files generated automatically during archiving are stored dep...

Page 751: ...oject The names of the PH archive servers are displayed if configured redundantly By clicking on the Test button you can start a connection test to the PH archive server OK button Exits the dialog and saves your settings Standard button This function cannot be executed in this dialog Apply button This function cannot be executed in this dialog Cancel button Exits the dialog without saving your set...

Page 752: ... active and will be used No Automatic backup is not active and will not be used An automatic backup does not exclude a manual backup Automatically expand file name of the backup file No Decide whether your selected file name of the backup file will be automatically expanded with the date and time Maximum number of backup files 5 Select the maximum number of backup files for the specified target di...

Page 753: ...e selected file name is not changed the calculated number for the maximum number of backup files is taken into account This is also the case for backup files added to the target directory manually by a user If these backup files correspond to the set naming scheme of SIMATIC BATCH they are also deleted Deleting is always started before an automatic backup is started In the file system deletion is ...

Page 754: ...Microsoft Reporting Services and for the automatic saving of the reports as PDF file from the print preview are included Property You can change the values of the following report properties from the initial default setting Yes show all to custom settings Show history in reports Specifies whether or not the editing history is to be displayed in the report of a batch Show messages in batch reports ...

Page 755: ...ion between server and client Reporting Services host name Input box for entering the server suffix for access to the Reporting Services Reporting Services port Input box for entering the port for access to the Reporting Services A port represents part of the network address As default port 80 is entered Port 80 is a service provider in the area of data analysis and database based tools Saving the...

Page 756: ...sing the dialog Cancel button Exits the dialog without saving your settings Help button Opens the online help for this dialog 14 1 3 BCC Properties dialog box shared tab 14 1 3 1 Allocation tab Tree structure You use the tree structure to specify the structure view in which the units are offered for selection in the Equipment selection field Class view All units are listed in the Unit selection fi...

Page 757: ...e The unit that has not been used for the longest time will be used Operator selection The assignment of the unit is performed manually by an input in an operator dialog Process parameters The variable selected in the Process parameters field determines the unit to be used Preferred unit You select the preferred unit for batch processing Process parameters You select the variable with the Unit dat...

Page 758: ...and deleted in the other objects In the formula category you can specify the parameters that are not specific to the procedure as data structures In the formula you enter the genuine recipe values for the data structure Button for showing and hiding table columns After the Unit of measure column listed below there is an empty column with a button for hiding or showing the following columns This al...

Page 759: ...for the selected parameter row If the check box in the OK column is selected entered values are applied If the check box is not selected no values will be applied If a limit is violated the entered value is shown in red A distinction is made between recipe phases and operator instructions For recipe phases If the check box is selected the setpoint entered is within the specified limits and can be ...

Page 760: ...cedure in turn can fetch the setpoint from the formula Target For the RUP ROP and RPH recipe objects the process values from the process can be forwarded to the next higher level Example The actual value of a recipe phase can be passed up to the recipe level of the recipe header This also enables the process value of a recipe step to be used as the setpoint for a subsequent recipe step The button ...

Page 761: ...ecome effective immediately in other words it is transferred from the running recipe step in the control recipe directly to the controller where it takes effect in the executing block This option can also be set for parameter references Hide parameters If you select this check box the value of the parameter is not displayed or the parameter row does not appear in the table Equation Configure arith...

Page 762: ...es the type of the element for example a flat or hierarchical recipe Status table column The Status column shows the current status of the element in plain text 14 1 3 4 ESIG tab Introduction In this tab you specify the electronic signatures required for operator actions affecting a batch recipe procedure recipe unit procedure recipe operation recipe phase or transition After enabling the function...

Page 763: ... enter the signatures Configured roles When you select an operator action in the top window the configured user roles required to provide an electronic signature are displayed in the required sequence in the bottom window Edit Roles button Click this button to open the Confiure roles dialog Here you assign a user role to supply the electronic signature for an operator action OK Saves your entries ...

Page 764: ...eters Using a button in the table view you can open a shortcut menu for printing the displayed parameters If you click the Print button in the shortcut menu the table view along with the parameters is output immediately to the default printer set in Windows If you click Print a Windows dialog opens in which you can select another printer set up in Windows After making a selection click OK to print...

Page 765: ...didate meets them If none of the candidates meet the conditions the validation signals an error Image 14 1 Properties of an RUP in the Recipe Editor Conditions tab The results for the individual conditions are displayed for each candidate in process mode Based on the symbols you can identify which of the conditions have switched and thus allocate a specific unit for batch processing When the dialo...

Page 766: ...ns area You always select a candidate with a left click on the candidate number Image 14 2 Conditions for candidate 1 Context help references 14 1 Dialogs SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 766 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 767: ...Image 14 3 Conditions for candidate 2 Context help references 14 1 Dialogs SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA 767 ...

Page 768: ...ondition line and pressing the Change button the subsequent dialog for configuration of the conditions opens The dialog guides the user in entering the operands and the interconnection operation Result The Condition tab is correspondingly updated upon closing the subsequent dialog A line always contains the information for exactly one condition Additional conditions can be consequently entered by ...

Page 769: ...ight variable Variable value second variable The second variable shows the value of the unit attribute equipment property needed to fulfill the desired condition Unit of measure The physical unit specified for the variable is displayed here Logical operators You can use logical operators to flexibly combine your conditions shortcut menu commands By single clicking the button with the right mouse b...

Page 770: ...onal information Unit selection via conditions for a flat recipe Page 526 Unit selection via conditions for a hierarchical recipe Page 527 14 1 3 8 Allocations tab Recipe procedure Batch properties Allocations tab This tab shows you information about allocations of units by running batches in a tabular form Button for printing parameters Using a button in the table view you can open a shortcut men...

Page 771: ...how one of the potential units is selected for the actual batch execution Preferred unit If no other assignment is made before creating a batch the unit specified as the preferred unit is used for the batch The longest out of use The unit that has not been used for the longest time will be used Operator selection The allocation of the unit can be performed manually in an operator dialog Process pa...

Page 772: ...t In the Unit window you can select the measured variables to be archived in the tree structure using the unit and the equipment phase All measured variables are offered here which were assigned a WinCC process tag variable during the configuration in ES see also section Configuring use of archive data from WinCC archives Page 172 Use the arrow key to add a selected measured variable to the list o...

Page 773: ... following column titles are displayed Name For recipe steps to which an EOP EPH or library reference is assigned the name is taken from the configuration ES BatchCC and cannot be changed You can specify a name for the other steps Low limit For steps that are linked to an EOP EPH or library sequence the low limit is adopted from the ES or from the library object It is unit dependent The limits are...

Page 774: ...er over the cell to get more information in a tooltip The time stamp tells you when the process value was recorded The activation counter shows how often the element has been activated In loops this counter is usually equivalent to the number of passes However manual activation reset start is also an instance of activation and increments this counter Note If the background of this cell is red the ...

Page 775: ...ameter at the appropriate recipe level Example The recipe phase fetches the setpoint from the ROP level This can fetch the setpoint from the recipe unit procedure level etc The recipe procedure in turn can fetch the setpoint from the formula Scaling You can use scaling functions Page 579 to make processes quantity dependent Depending on the specific quantity of the batch the parameters in this row...

Page 776: ...es Hide parameters If you select this check box the value of the parameter is not displayed or the parameter row does not appear in the table Equation Configure arithmetic expressions at transitions and recipe parameters of recipe unit procedures RUPs recipe operations ROPs and recipe phases RPHs to calculate setpoints from parameters from the next highest recipe level and constants Visible extern...

Page 777: ...rom the library object Parameters can be created and deleted in the other objects In the formula category you can specify the parameters that are not specific to the procedure as data structures In the formula you enter the genuine recipe values for the data structure Button for showing and hiding table columns After the Unit of measure column listed below there is an empty column with a button fo...

Page 778: ...perties dialog Parameters tab of a control recipe during batch processing and then click the Change button for the selected parameter row If the check box in the OK column is selected entered values are applied If the check box is not selected no values will be applied If a limit is violated the entered value is shown in red A distinction is made between recipe phases and operator instructions For...

Page 779: ... can fetch the setpoint from the formula Target For the RUP ROP and RPH recipe objects the actual values from the process can be passed on to the next higher level Example The actual value of a recipe phase can be passed up to the recipe level of the recipe header This also enables the process value of a recipe step to be used as the setpoint for a subsequent recipe step The button next to the par...

Page 780: ...xecuting block This option can also be set for parameter references Equation Configure arithmetic expressions at transitions and recipe parameters of recipe unit procedures RUPs recipe operations ROPs and recipe phases RPHs to calculate setpoints from parameters from the next highest recipe level and constants Visible externally If you select the check box the parameter will be output to the batch...

Page 781: ...ab clearer and simpler Button for printing parameters Using a button in the table view you can open a shortcut menu for printing the displayed parameters If you click the Print button in the shortcut menu the table view along with the parameters is output immediately to the default printer set in Windows If you click Print a Windows dialog opens in which you can select another printer set up in Wi...

Page 782: ...to the required unit select the required location and confirm your selection with OK Depending on the parameter type you would like to assign to a location you may only display the source type locations If you have not configured the required equipment properties no locations will be offered for selection Meaning n a unit unit cannot be allocated for SIMATIC BATCH Location ID set The unique locati...

Page 783: ...new batches Unknown Status of a library operation unknown An error may have occurred when creating the library operation Delete this library operation or open it again so that the library operation changes to the In progress status Duration The longest time for the processing of a recipe is calculated here usage in progress It is determined from the sum of step times through the course of the reci...

Page 784: ...layed In the first tab Condition edit the condition for the unit In the second tab Allocation you will see the preview Left Under Device selection all units that satisfy the specified conditions are displayed as selected Right The union set of the phases of all selected units is displayed under Available phases If the Condition option was not active then only the tab Allocation is displayed for un...

Page 785: ...cess cell data In this status you can edit and release the recipe procedures Unknown Status of a recipe unknown An error may have occurred when creating the recipe Delete the recipe or open it again so that the recipe has the status In progress Formula category A formula category from the Formula folder can be assigned to the open recipe with this selection box The respective master recipes can th...

Page 786: ...overview lists Description Enter an explanatory description for the recipe in this text box Additional information Overview lists Page 259 Parameter selection Page 786 14 1 5 2 Parameter selection All available parameters are displayed in this dialog in a tree view You use this option to determine if the parameters are displayed as recipe references or as process cell references You navigate to th...

Page 787: ... you can select the materials to be used as products BatchCC materials The selected product becomes the main product of the recipe to which the quantity information relates Quality You can select a quality for a selected product to specify the product more precisely Only the qualities assigned to the selected product are displayed Product code This displays the code of the selected product Referen...

Page 788: ...r all quantity dependent parameters in the master recipe The parameters also have an upper and lower limit value When using linear squared scaling functions avoid using a master recipe for both large and small batch quantities Otherwise this can lead to scaled setpoints being outside the parameter limits If these limits are exceeded this is detected during validation and displayed as a Warning Add...

Page 789: ...n text field is limited to 255 characters Any additional characters are not saved 14 1 6 2 Product tab formula property Product With the button to the right of the input field you open a dialog in which you can select the materials to be used as products BatchCC materials The selected product becomes the main product of the formula to which the quantity information relates Product code This is whe...

Page 790: ...mpty add a new batch with the New button If you have called the function based on an existing master recipe or a formula the list contains a line in which the data of the base object are entered and a unique name is displayed for the new batch The batches generated in this way are stored in an order and order category created by the system You can edit the batch properties or batch data in the ind...

Page 791: ...dent values used in the recipe The functions for scaling the values relate to this quantity however the entry can still be modified before starting a batch Max Maximum quantity upper limit of the concrete quantity Product recipe procedure formula formula category This is where you specify the formula or master recipe without formula reference Unit of measure Specifies the unit of the product Quali...

Page 792: ... generates the batches shown in the table in the appropriate batch folder Print button This immediately prints the batches shown in the table list on the selected printer without prior layout configuration Cancel button This closes the dialog without batches having been created Help button Opens the online help for this dialog 14 1 7 2 Comments tab Introduction This dialog is displayed as a tab in...

Page 793: ...want to find computer names for example enter the initial letter of the PC you are looking for followed by for example A All computer names with the initial letter A are displayed or filtered 14 1 7 3 General tab Properties of a batch In this tab you can edit the data for a created batch Name The name of the batch was assigned on creation Order The order was assigned on creation of the batch Order...

Page 794: ... released batch This field can also be used in other modes The system however ignores the information Exception Plant allocation list here this information is used to display a potential conflict Immediately A batch is started immediately once released Time driven If this mode is selected a start date and a start time can be specified in the start time Description Here you can enter an explanatory...

Page 795: ...imes for up to 24 days Successor If the batch is already linked to a successor batch the following will be displayed in the Successor area If the batch is in the Planned state you can change the settings of the successor chaining Number of the successor Batch Name of the successor batch Status Status of the successor batch Order Name of the order from which the successor batch originates Mode Sele...

Page 796: ...rial in the database In the Properties of quality configuration dialog you can enter the data for the new quality The new quality appears in the list 14 1 8 2 General Materials tab Introduction In this tab you can create or edit the materials Rules A material or a quality can have a maximum of 255 characters The material code is alphanumeric and can have a maximum of 16 characters The quality code...

Page 797: ...recorded actions to this element are displayed by the system For example an action is created Name IM_A Version 1 1 ID 17 or edited The ID is generated by the system and used for the assignment in the database Computer name Each action you perform is recorded with the entry of the computer name This is the name of the computer on which you initiated this action 14 1 9 BCC tab 14 1 9 1 Select formu...

Page 798: ...aster recipe Example Water Properties button If you select a recipe or a formula you can open the properties dialog of the master recipe or formula using the Properties button The various tabs of the dialog display all the parameters of the master recipe or the formula Preview check box If you select the Preview check box the dialog is expanded by a new window on the right in which the selected ma...

Page 799: ...ations deactivations of the units still to be executed are displayed here If activated Unit was deactivated and must now be activated If deactivated Unit was activated and must now be deactivated 14 1 9 3 Backup Restore dialog Introduction In this dialog you can generate or restore a complete backup of your configured data libraries master recipes production orders materials user permissions etc a...

Page 800: ...entered as the start ID and the previous behavior is retained in other words newly created objects begin with the first free ID Save Following selection of the destination path use this button to create the backup Open Following selection of the source path use this button to restore the backup files The database for SIMATIC BATCH is recreated with the data of the backup file Note After you have r...

Page 801: ... with the OK button the displayed or set object assignments are adopted in the database of the new process cell and the old assignments are overwritten How is the information displayed and used in the dialog The object assignments are displayed in three windows In the left hand window you can see all the assignment objects in the Current process cell table column in which you can navigate These ar...

Page 802: ...w If values are displayed here you can assign them to a selected object in the left hand window by double clicking All underlying objects are also assigned Any existing assignment is automatically deleted by this action As the result the newly assigned a value appears in the lower right window and a cross is entered for the selected object in the edited column in the left hand window The right low...

Page 803: ...on incorrect or missing assignments cause errors in the validation that is performed automatically when the process cell is updated During the validation a check is made as to whether the assignments between the database and basic engineering are consistent for all objects used in the BATCH engineering If there are inconsistencies between objects this means that they change to the Release invalid ...

Page 804: ...e name was changed from s to s Type was changed from s to s Moved from s to s Version of data old s new s Unit was changed from s d to s d Data type was changed from s d to s d LL was changed from g to g HL was changed from g to g Order of the parameters was changed deleted new The number of possible allocations has changed from d to d Parameter s RTName was changed s s Parameter s New Value added...

Page 805: ... formula A comma is converted to a period in numbers for their display and their continued use within SIMATIC BATCH This means that a period is used as the decimal separator A thousand separator is not used or displayed Requested quantity Here you enter the required quantity of the product Name of the batches Here you enter the name required for the batches Start mode of batches Select the Start m...

Page 806: ...ssages dialog box Introduction The dialog is used to comment on individual messages It is called in the BatchCC if you have opened the control recipe view Select the entire control recipe a RUP ROP RPH or a transition and click on the Comment on messages command in the shortcut menu Requirements You have opened the control recipe view in the BatchCC The Comment on messages dialog is open Procedure...

Page 807: ...9 10 Import objects from file dialog Use this dialog to select the file to be imported Set the data type to Export files sbx Tip After selecting a file with the sbx extension the right table Elements contained in export file is filled out The type master recipe libraries formula category and number of objects of the type are displayed on a line depending on the content of the sbx file The assistan...

Page 808: ...eation and cannot be changed for this order Currently planned quantity Requested quantity As long as no batches are created in the order a placeholder is displayed If batches are created in the order the Requested quantity value from the Create batches dialog is displayed Actual quantity Sum of the individual quantities of all batches in the folder If no actual value reference was specified a hyph...

Page 809: ...r of batches in this order Description An explanatory text can be entered 14 1 9 17 General tab RPH unit class properties Function A list box with the functions stored in basic engineering is displayed Unit class The unit class selected in the Allocations tab in the RUP is displayed Preferred unit The preferred unit selected in the Allocations tab in the RUP is displayed as the unit class Run time...

Page 810: ... Select your desired command from the list of available commands All available commands are listed in the Shortcut menu commands Page 1115 folder Note The Restart command is a combination command and contains both the Reset and Start commands Only commands applicable to the current target object status are permitted See status changes with recipe steps Page 394 Filter Under Filter select the statu...

Page 811: ...ogress Initial status of a newly created or copied library operation Released for testing Library operations that have been released for testing can be used for creating a batch for test purposes Released for production This status shows that the library operation tested for production is provided Testing release This status indicates that the system is currently checking for errors following a pr...

Page 812: ...der Parameters button Opens a dialog with the tabs General Input material Output material and Parameters The General tab displays information about the recipe used in this batch You can change the setpoints set for this batch in the Input material Output material and Parameters tabs Status The system plans and specifies the status for new batches that will be created Mode You determine the start m...

Page 813: ...rameters button Opens a dialog with the tabs General Input material Output material and Parameters The General tab displays information about the recipe used in this batch In the Input material Output material and Parameters tabs you can change the setpoints for this batch Status The system specifies the planned status for new batches to be created Release Enables the Released status for this batc...

Page 814: ... number of batches and batch quantities are calculated automatically A maximum of 100 batches can be created in automatic mode New You create new batches with the New button You then make the settings for the batch quantity Start mode master recipe formula etc Delete The Delete button deletes a previously selected batch Working batches as a template First set all properties batch quantity start mo...

Page 815: ...rking with the BATCH data management Display of the measured values can be activated per level of the batch report procedure level RUP level ROP level On this level all the configured measured variables with their higher level designations are listed Following the listing of the measured variables the measured variables are displayed as a trend 14 1 9 24 Rename tab In this dialog you can enter a n...

Page 816: ...plies only to operator control of batches Note The settings take effect only for operator control of batches starting from the RUP level RUP ROP recipe phase Batches can continue to be operated even if the user is not authorized for all units Status displays Symbolizes characteristics of the user currently logged on such as role of the current user User roles with yellow frame have super user stat...

Page 817: ... can select another printer set up in Windows After making a selection click OK to print the parameters SIMATIC BATCH and SIMATIC IT With recipe procedure elements RPEs for which the MES_SYNC_REQUEST action is configured in the Recipe Editor the BATCH Control Server BCS pauses recipe processing the RPE goes into the blocked state and the BCS waits until it receives a command for continuing from th...

Page 818: ... is displayed Control strategy The control strategies for the phase entered in the basic engineering are displayed Select the desired control strategy here The parameters belonging to the control strategy are displayed in the Parameters tab and can be changed there Note Only the default values of parameters displayed for the currently set control strategy can be modified Browsing through all contr...

Page 819: ... consecutive recipe steps without interrupting the automation level If the Continue option is selected this is also indicated in the recipe phase by three dots that stand for Continue Note The flag for the Continue option can always be set However it is the user s responsibility to determine whether it is possible for this operating mode to take effect For this two requirements must be met which c...

Page 820: ...rameter set from the basic engineering is always displayed to begin with and can be changed for the particular current control strategy Unit names Here all allocations known for the recipe are listed by entering the unit name recipe allocations This display corresponds to the information in the recipe header in the Allocations tab Activating the check box preceding an allocation switches the desir...

Page 821: ...r s responsibility to determine whether it is possible for this operating mode to take effect For this two requirements must be met which can even be changed during runtime of the batch I O SELFCOMP 0 for SFC outside view or SFC type instance To prevent the equipment phase from completing of its own accord following execution and therefore enable it to continue this condition must be fulfilled dur...

Page 822: ...f the type EPH can be addressed Name You can assign a name to an ROP Unit class The unit class selected in the Allocation tab is displayed Preferred unit The preferred unit selected in the Allocation tab is displayed as the unit class Runtime in seconds text box This is where the longest time for a straight cycle of the recipe unit is calculated and displayed by the system It is determined from th...

Page 823: ...time text box can be edited You can then change or overwrite the run time calculated by the system If you clear the check box again the run time calculated by the system is then entered and used Description You can enter an explanatory description for the unit recipe here 14 1 10 8 General tab transition properties Name A name is automatically assigned to a transition Description Enter an explanat...

Page 824: ...command from the list of available commands All available commands are listed in the Shortcut menu commands Page 1115 folder Note The Restart command is a combination command and contains both the Reset and Start commands Only commands applicable to the current target object status are permitted See status changes with recipe steps Page 394 Filter Under Filter select the status that the respective...

Page 825: ...ogic for the selected recipe unit procedure will be executed in the automation system The following conditions must be met before the check box is enabled The SIMATIC BATCH AS Execution license must be available in the Automation License Manager For a recipe unit procedure selected in the master recipe there must be a CFC chart with the UNIT_PLC block in the unit plant view The recipe must be rele...

Page 826: ...t scaling function The linear and quadratic scaling functions are available by default Overwrite runtime check box If you select this check box the Run time text box can be edited You can then change the run time calculated by the system If you clear the check box the run time calculated by the system is then entered and used Description You can enter an explanatory description for the unit recipe...

Page 827: ...pe is displayed Apply button Click Apply to acknowledged the instruction and OK to release it for execution OK button The button is enabled only after you have applied the instruction Clicking OK continues the execution of the recipe depending on the master recipe used in your configuration 14 1 10 13 Instruction tab operator instruction properties Order If you want to give the operator an instruc...

Page 828: ...ormation purposes only The execution of this recipe segment is not held Activate and block batch The execution of this recipe segment waits at the current step until the instruction is acknowledged Do not activate No operator instruction is output commented NOP phase Note If the operator instruction in BatchCC is accepted when the connection to the AS or to WinCC is disconnected the operator promp...

Page 829: ...eted by pressing the Delete button The configured conditions are shown in the control recipe in the tooltip of the transition List Effective immediately The process value for operand 1 can be changed during batch control If the transition is currently in progress then the changed parameter value should become effective immediately This option can also be set for parameter references Variable The n...

Page 830: ...e used as the 2nd operand used for the condition The second operand can be a parameter from the next highest recipe level a process tag constant equation or RPE status In the case of a constant you have the option of performing a linear or quadratic quantity scaling An equation is used for the arithmetic calculation of setpoints You can use the Change button at the bottom right of the dialog to ch...

Page 831: ...operators Using the buttons on which you select a logic operator you can flexibly combine your conditions with two level operators Right clicking one of the two operator buttons opens the shortcut menu for selecting the logic operation The logic operations provide the result satisfied or true as follows AND all conditions are fulfilled OR at least one of the conditions is fulfilled NAND not all co...

Page 832: ...artial result is fulfilled when the first two conditions are fulfilled The second partial result is fulfilled when conditions 3 and 4 are fulfilled The total result for the transition is fulfilled when either the first or the second partial result is fulfilled Dialog buttons OK Saves your entries and closes the dialog Print Prints the conditions listed on the screen in tabular form immediately to ...

Page 833: ...res for which queries are made within the library operation for example transition queries of other recipe units are assigned If several recipe unit procedures are available no new assignment can be made 14 1 10 16 Description tab ROP RPH properties Description In the dialogs for the steps with links to EOP EPH or a library sequence you can enter an explanatory text 14 1 10 17 Subcondition tab Thi...

Page 834: ...able row The comments contain information for localizing and eliminating errors When you select a row other information is displayed in the lower area The information depends on the object and includes for example the date time ID name quantity information etc If the error is in a master recipe and the recipe editor is open you can open the relevant master recipe at the location of the error by do...

Page 835: ...omment are shown in a table row The comments contain information for localizing and eliminating errors When you select a row other information is displayed in the lower area The information depends on the object and includes for example the date time ID name quantity information etc If the error is in a master recipe and the recipe editor is open you can open the relevant master recipe at the loca...

Page 836: ... 1 11 5 Create new formula category dialog box In this dialog box you can enter the names and a description of the new object With the Edit Rename menu command in BatchCC you can change this information later 14 1 11 6 Information dialog box Introduction This dialog box appears as soon as the BATCH clients start and when there is a redundancy failover The dialog is displayed until all the DBs serv...

Page 837: ... offline Note The Ignore status of BATCH server applications function cannot be used with redundant BATCH servers Work without redundant partner If you select a row with the description User action necessary the Work without redundant partner button is activated With this button the computer can be instructed to work without its redundant partner and in the case of redundancy with data replication...

Page 838: ...ialog Introduction You define the permissions for user functions for the user groups and user roles defined in the SIMATIC Logon roles management in this dialog Permissions for user functions are assigned to each group or role By assigning permissions you define the user function scope of BatchCC BATCH Recipe Editor and BATCH OS controls for each user role Requirements Users and user groups have b...

Page 839: ... organized Function groups contain individual user functions or user function groups Multiple user functions are organized into user function groups The grouping facilitates assignment of permissions The permissions for user functions such as Edit Delete and Export are organized into groups You use the plus and minus signs in front of folders to navigate in the selection list By selecting or clear...

Page 840: ...issions of another group The Assign default permissions button is only enabled when a user group is selected Select one of the six standard roles to replace the permissions of the selected user group with the permissions of the selected standard role Confirm your changes with OK Click Yes in the security prompt that appears Your changes only take effect when you click the OK button in the permissi...

Page 841: ...o move the available roles for operator input in the direction of Con figured roles and vice versa Use these icons to specify the signature sequence if multiple signatures must be obtained First click on a user role in the Configured roles list 14 1 11 11 Dialog box SIMATIC BATCH Sign Introduction In this dialog you sign an action Note A user can sign only once within a dialog This is also the cas...

Page 842: ...u have selected the Sequence check box during configuration If several signatures are required there is no fixed sequence In sequence If several signatures are required per action they must be entered in a specific sequence Times This area displays the time of the request for an electronic signature and its validity Requested at Time at which the signatures were requested Valid until Time by which...

Page 843: ... already in use the recipe unit procedure waits until the selected unit is available again If the conditions for allocation of the unit are not met the recipe unit procedure waits until the conditions are met and the unit is available Note Before you select a unit look up the current values for the individual conditions in the Properties of dialog on the Conditions tab If more than one user attemp...

Page 844: ...e button to create a database No intermediate steps such as copying files or texts are necessary 14 1 11 14 Export dialog box Introduction Use this dialog box to export master recipes libraries and formula categories to a file Use the file format sbx The generated file can be used for an import in the BATCH Control Center Rules All required data is always exported If for example you only select ma...

Page 845: ...nt in a folder structure When you open the top process cell folder the two folders Libraries and Master recipes can be listed as lower level folders You can only change the value for Show extended SFC structures which is in project settings in folder Display under Activating recipe elements to No for the libraries folder This means that only the master recipe folder which is always included is sho...

Page 846: ... appears 5 Your changes only take effect when you click the OK button in the Permission management dialog Result The customized permissions for user functions for the selected user group have been reset to the default values 14 1 11 18 Manage logons dialog You reset the customized settings for selected user logons to default values in this dialog Select the check box for the relevant user and clic...

Page 847: ...ute Control in the section Interaction between SIMATIC BATCH and SIMATIC Route Control 14 1 11 20 Find dialog Find recipe elements You can use the Find dialog to locate specific elements in recipes batch or libraries You can use the search function in BatchCC in the BATCH Recipe Editor and in the BATCH OS controls The hit locations are shown in a table If you double click a table object the corres...

Page 848: ...ialog is divided into various sections In the upper section Find what you can specify your search You search for text data types and structures Other fields are offered depending on your selection For a text search enter a keyword in the text box and click Start All printable characters including text sections can be used as search terms in any length Wildcards cannot be used The text search only ...

Page 849: ...ately when criteria are entered or changed in the selection boxes If you have selected objects in a detail view or in the navigation tree the search begins after clicking the Start button Displaying the hit location When you click on a hit location displayed in the table the corresponding recipe object is opened and highlighted in the BATCH Recipe Editor The search dialog remains open and you can ...

Page 850: ... based on this distribution See also How to compile and download the process cell data Page 192 Compiling the Batch process cell data in single project engineering Page 200 Compiling the process cell data in multiproject engineering Page 200 Compiling and Downloading Batch Process Cell Data Page 202 14 1 11 22 Batch objects Insert menu With this command you can create the following Batch objects f...

Page 851: ...bute the process cell data of a project among these PCs a SIMATIC PC station must be created for each BATCH server and BATCH client in the component view SIMATIC Manager The SIMATIC PC stations necessary for this are configured in HW Config with the BATCH application See also Basics of configuration Page 124 Configuring the BATCH server Page 126 14 1 11 24 BATCH application stdby Definition This o...

Page 852: ...ll project generally run on different PCs In order to download and distribute the process cell data of a project among these PCs a SIMATIC PC station must be created for each BATCH server and BATCH client in the component view SIMATIC Manager These SIMATIC PC stations are configured in HW Config with the BATCH applications See also Basics of configuration Page 124 Configuring the BATCH server Page...

Page 853: ...ties by selecting one of the existing objects The order of the type parameters can be changed in the process cell tree using drag and drop If you use the SFC types of the EOP EPH variant the batch types are only read in and displayed in this dialog box read only Any modifications must be made in the SFC chart Equipment properties By selecting the Equipment properties folder you can create new equi...

Page 854: ... established 14 1 11 29 Display additional function Dialog box This dialog box displays all objects that use the previously selected Batch type These can be instances instance parameters units or equipment properties Using a filter you can display either all attributes of a particular object or only specific attributes Further functions include Opening a CFC chart Editing a control strategy parame...

Page 855: ...e is applied and the connection of the instance parameters of the unit with the selected measured values is executed 14 1 11 32 Display additional function Function Use this dialog field to display all objects that use the previously selected batch type These can be instances instance parameters units or equipment properties Using a filter you can display either all attributes of a particular obje...

Page 856: ...ain Login Input box for the name of your logon Password Input box for the characters of your password Note The user must be a member of the Windows user group SIMATIC BATCH OK button Exits the dialog and saves your settings Standard button Click this button to reset all project settings you have changed in this tab to the default setting Yes Apply button Saves your settings without closing the dia...

Page 857: ...program must contain BATCH objects For example an SFC type of the EPH category Runtime name in the dialog header Logical path within the navigation tree Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data Properties Name of the object selected in the process cell tree S7 programs objects Button Function Update The basic data of the BATCH process cell is generated or updated The necessary con...

Page 858: ...ay log function to show errors or warn ings for an individual object OK button Saves your settings and ends the dialog Apply button Your settings are saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context 14 1 12 2 CPU selection In th...

Page 859: ...logic on the AS in the section Obtaining the memory expansion and setting the allocation Page 198 CPU Button Function Update The memory blocks of the BATCH process cell are updated Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log is displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log is displayed Display button The Display button activates the log The sel...

Page 860: ...navigation in the process cell data Properties Name of the object selected in the process cell tree Description Information about the selected object is displayed in this text field If you en tered a comment for the object in the properties in the basic engineering this is displayed here Last changed on This text box displays the date and time of the last change in the following format Example 09 ...

Page 861: ...cted log is gener ated as an XML file with the specified layout and displayed in the In ternet Explorer With the S7 program selection all errors or warnings related to the S7 program are displayed When you select an object you can also right click and select the Display log function to show errors or warn ings for an individual object Additional functions Units Display button The units assigned to...

Page 862: ...ave and compile the current connection data in the current project Download With this you download the current connection data to the relevant stations in the current project Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log is displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log is displayed Display button The logging is activated with the Display button T...

Page 863: ...s object Runtime name in the dialog header Logical path within the navigation tree Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data You expand for example the structure of the process cell objects using the preceding plus character or collapse the structures using the minus character The name of the folder is taken from the basic engineering in the SIMATIC Manager Properties Name of the o...

Page 864: ...s charts or pro grams Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log is displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log is displayed Display button The logging is activated with the Display button The selected log is generated as an XML file in the specified layout and displayed in In ternet Explorer Select Stations to show all station errors or war...

Page 865: ...to the BATCH servers A new communication link is created only when you update the process cell in BatchCC You must disable the option for production or normal operation Station Button Function Update The basic data of the BATCH process cell is generated or updated For AS based operation the configuration from basic engineering is adapted as follows The necessary CFC charts are created or updated f...

Page 866: ...ctions No additional functions available OK button Saves your settings and closes the dialog Apply button Your settings are saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context 14 1 12 7 Multiproject Project selection Multiproject p...

Page 867: ...teristics OK button Saves your settings and ends the dialog Accept button Your settings will be saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH help for this context 14 1 12 8 Batch process cell selection You have selected the Batch process cell object in ...

Page 868: ...he log field and can be viewed by clicking the Display button In addition the errors and warnings are also indicated on each object by a red or yellow lightning icon Selecting the appropriate object and clicking on the Display button shows you the object based errors or warnings Transfer messages This button is only released in a single project and in a multiproject Activating this button opens th...

Page 869: ...isplay of possible additional functions OK button Saves your settings and closes the dialog Apply button Your settings are saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context See also Introduction Page 169 14 1 12 9 Batch types sel...

Page 870: ...ton The logging function is activated with the Display button The selec ted log is generated as an XML file with the specified layout and dis played in the Internet Explorer With the Batch types selection all errors or warnings of the batch types are always displayed In a selected object you can also right click to select the Show Log function to also show object specific errors or warnings Additi...

Page 871: ...the current status of the batch types in the project The status display can show the following three states 1 Up to date All information on the batch types of the project agree with the batch types of the multiproject 2 No longer up to date All information on the batch types of the project doe not agree with the batch types of the multiproject 3 This status occurs when a project is removed non edi...

Page 872: ...Data types object The following standard data types are specified by the system in the navigation tree Floating point number Integer String Input material Output material Material Source Dest Via TKey Location Boolean The batch types defined by the user follow after the last standard data type These user data types are generated deleted and changed in the Global declarations Enumerations folder of...

Page 873: ...selected log are displayed Display button The logging function is activated with the Display button The selec ted log is generated as an XML file in the specified layout and shown in Internet Explorer Select Process Cell and click on the Display button to show all process cell errors or warnings Moreover on a selected object you can right click to select the Display Log dialog to also show object ...

Page 874: ...egy The check box is only displayed for user data types The mode of operation can be activated or deactivated in the SIMATIC Manager within the global declarations under enumerations when selecting an object in the object properties Data type No functions available Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log are displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the...

Page 875: ...made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context 14 1 12 13 Data type parameters selection Data type parameters selection In the Process cell data list you have selected the Data type parameters object Path in the topmost display field Logical path within the navigation tree Process cell data For navi...

Page 876: ...og are displayed Display button The logging function is activated with the Display button The selec ted log is generated as an XML file in the specified layout and shown in Internet Explorer Select Process cell and click on the Display button to show all proc ess cell errors or warnings Moreover on a selected object you can right click to select the Display Log dialog to also show object specific ...

Page 877: ...annot be checked This function is useful if you have declared units of measure in SIMATIC Manager within the global declarations that are not relevant for SIMATIC BATCH Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log are displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log are displayed Display button The logging function is activated with the Display but...

Page 878: ...he Process cell data list you have selected the Unit of measure object Run time name in the dialog header Display of the run time name Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data Properties Name of the object selected in the process cell tree Description The description of the unit of measure is displayed in this text field You can enter a descriptive text in the object properties in...

Page 879: ... Parameter Displays All the instance parameters that refer to this unit of measure are listed in a dialog box You can select certain attributes via a filter or there is no instance OK button Saves your settings and ends the dialog Apply button Your settings will be saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog w...

Page 880: ...d shown in Internet Explorer Select Process cell and click on the Display button to show all proc ess cell errors or warnings Moreover on a selected object you can right click to select the Display Log dialog to also show object specific errors or warnings Additional functions Display of possible additional functions OK button Saves your settings and ends the dialog Accept button Your settings wil...

Page 881: ...row disappears again Select one of the possible block instance names from the drop down list The selected default instance is given preference when creating recipes Operation type Buttons New If you click New button a new version 5 6i operation type parameter is added Delete To delete the selected operation type click the Delete button Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected...

Page 882: ...ton Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context Additional information Multiple instancing of the same block types within a unit Page 205 14 1 12 18 Operation type parameters selection Operation type parameters selection You have selected the Operation type parameters object in the Process cell data list You can only change and use the properties and functions of the selected object with ...

Page 883: ...h a connection to a WinCC archive tag for the instance parameters This selection is required for as signing instance parameters to WinCC archive tags You then make this assignment on the instance parameters of the corresponding operation type Test manufacturing in struction check box A type parameter is selected here if it is to be provided in the batch log for the manual check manufacturing instr...

Page 884: ...isplay button All instance parameters that refer to this unit of measure are listed in a dialog box Certain attrib utes can be selected by means of a special filter Or no instance exists OK button Saves your settings and closes the dialog Apply button Your settings are saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dial...

Page 885: ...wn in Internet Explorer Select Process cell and click on the Display button to show all process cell errors or warnings Moreover on a selected object you can right click to select the Display Log dialog to also show object specific errors or warnings Additional functions Display of possible additional functions OK button Saves your settings and ends the dialog Accept button Your settings will be s...

Page 886: ...eters AF16S The block has 16 parameters Using Batch block instances of different versions EOP IEOP SFC TYPE but the same phase type automatically results in so called mixed operation However mixed operation is permitted exclusively for combinations of ver sions 5 6i and SFC type Mixed operation of version V4 02 with other versions is not allowed Allowed versions combinations are Version 4 02 Versi...

Page 887: ... Explorer If Process cell is selected and you click the Display button all errors or warnings of the process cell are displayed You can also right click on a selected object and select the Display log function to display object specific errors or warnings Additional functions Instances Display button All instances that refer to this phase type are listed in a dialog Or no instance exists OK button...

Page 888: ...ndicates the version of the phase type used The following block types are available for selection in the drop down list box AF24 The block has 24 parameters AF12 The block has 12 parameters AF6 The block has 6 parameters AF16S The block has 16 parameters Using Batch block instances having different versions EOP IEOP SFC TYPE but the same phase type automatically results in so called mixed operatio...

Page 889: ...rnet Explorer Select Process cell and click the Display button to show all process cell errors or warnings You can also right click a selected object and select the Display log function to display object specific errors or warnings Additional functions Instances Display button All instances that refer to this phase type are listed in a dialog Or no instance exists OK button Saves your settings and...

Page 890: ...types are available for selection You must declare required user data types under the shared declarations and make them available by using the Generate function in SIMATIC BATCH Data type button Activating this button takes you to the corresponding data type With the Back button of the data type you return to beginning selection Assigned unit of measure Assign the unit of measure to the type param...

Page 891: ... is displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log is displayed Display button The logging is activated with the Display button The selected log is generated as an XML file in the specified layout and displayed in In ternet Explorer Select Process cell and click the Display button to show all process cell errors or warnings You can also right click a selected object a...

Page 892: ...clare required user data types under the shared declarations and make them available by using the Generate function in SIMATIC BATCH Data type button Activating this button takes you to the corresponding data type With the Back button of the data type you return to beginning selection Assigned unit of measure Assign the unit of measure to the type parameter You must declare re quired units of meas...

Page 893: ...relative to data type and unit are offered Reference button This button is displayed when a reference exists from the set value to the actual value or vice versa click on the button to jump between the refer ence parameters of the set and actual value Archive measured val ue check box Activate this check box if you want to establish a connection to a WinCC archive variable for the instance paramet...

Page 894: ...utton All instance parameters that refer to this unit of measure are listed in a dialog box Certain attributes can be selected by means of a special filter Or no instance exists OK button Saves your settings and closes the dialog Apply button Your settings are saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog withou...

Page 895: ...own in Internet Explorer Select Process cell and click on the Display button to show all proc ess cell errors or warnings Moreover on a selected object you can right click to select the Display Log dialog to also show object specific errors or warnings Additional functions Display of possible additional functions OK button Saves your settings and ends the dialog Apply button Your settings will be ...

Page 896: ...ag type Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log are displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log are displayed Display button The Display button activates the log The selected log is generated as an XML file with the specified layout and displayed in the Internet Explorer The Display button is always shows all errors warnings for the selec...

Page 897: ...lection In the list Process cell data you have selected the object process tag type Run time name in the dialog header Display of the run time name Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data Properties Name of the object selected in the process cell tree Description You can display or enter the description of the process tag type parameter in this text box Process tag type Buttons N...

Page 898: ...ted in a dialog box Certain attributes can be selected via a special filter OK button Saves your settings and ends the dialog Apply button Your settings will be saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context 14 1 12 27 Process...

Page 899: ...to beginning selection Assigned unit of measure You can assign a unit to the selected type parameter from the drop down list The line is only shown in case of a possible assignment Unit of measure button Activating this button takes you to the appropriate unit With the Back button of the unit of measure you return to this location Archive measured value Select this check box if you wish to establi...

Page 900: ...tances Display All the instance parameters that refer to this process tag type parameter are listed in a dialog OK button Saves your settings and closes the dialog Apply button Your settings are saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help f...

Page 901: ...ion to a WinCC process tag This selection is necessary for the assignment of type parameter process tag archive tag that you then make in the instance parameter of the corresponding operation type Check manufacturing in struction Here you select a type parameter if it is intended for manual testing man ufacturing instruction in the batch report Move up Move down Opening the type in the process cel...

Page 902: ...tance parameters that refer to this process tag type parameter are listed in a dialog box Certain attributes can be selected using a filter OK button Saves your settings and ends the dialog Apply button Your settings will be saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens t...

Page 903: ...rch for all WinCC archive tags of all available operator stations of the project or for all projects of a multiproject Parameters Activating this button takes you to the corresponding process tag type pa rameter With the Back button of the process tag type parameter you return to this location Parameters Button Compile Not possible in the multi project All batch instance blocks of the CFC chart of...

Page 904: ...n the dialog header Display of the run time name Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data Properties Name of the object selected in the process cell tree Description Description You can display or enter the description of the interface block in this text box You can enter a descriptive text in the object properties in the SIMATIC Manager Runtime name Corresponds to the WinCC varia...

Page 905: ...ected log are displayed Display button The Display button activates the log The selected log is generated as an XML file with the specified layout and displayed in the Internet Explorer The Display button is always shows all errors warnings for the selec ted Process cell Moreover on a selected object you can right click to select the Display Log dialog to also show object specific errors or warnin...

Page 906: ...CFC chart CFC chart name in which the block is located Open button Not possible in the multi project Click on the Open button to open the appropriate CFC chart and select the block Assigned process tag type Typing definition for process cell neutral recipe creation Type button Clicking this button jumps to the corresponding process tag type With the Back button of the process tag type you return t...

Page 907: ...ditional functions Display of possible additional functions OK button Saves your settings and ends the dialog Apply button Your settings will be saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context 14 1 12 32 Process tag parameters ...

Page 908: ...ad in This also implicitly involves a check for consistency with the batch types and conformity to ISA 88 Log Not possible in the multiproject Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log are displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log are displayed Display button The Display button activates the log The selected log is generated as an XML file wi...

Page 909: ... in the process cell data The Delete command is available in he context menu its function is described under the Equipment properties Properties Name of the object selected in the process cell tree Equipment properties Button Delete Click on the Delete button to open the Delete equipment properties di alog Click Yes to delete all unused equipment properties in SIMATIC BATCH When you use the Genera...

Page 910: ...ur settings and closes the dialog Apply button Your settings are saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context 14 1 12 34 Equipment properties parameters type selection Equipment property parameters selection In the list Proc...

Page 911: ...function Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log are displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log are displayed Display button The Display button activates the log The selected log is generated as an XML file with the specified layout and displayed in the Internet Explorer The Display button is always shows all errors warnings for the sele...

Page 912: ...eader Display of the runtime name Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data Properties Name of the object selected in the process cell tree Description General comment on this object Setpoint Value specified in the plant view under Unit Object properties BATCH attributes Parameters Activating this button takes you to the corresponding equipment property type With the Back button yo...

Page 913: ... specific errors or warnings Additional functions Display of possible additional functions OK button Saves your settings and closes the dialog Apply button Your settings are saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context 14 1 ...

Page 914: ...sequent recipe creation If no identifier was specified for this parameter the entry is empty and the name of the hierarchy folder is used in the subsequent recipe cre ation The reason for this is that the identifiers of hierarchy folders in the PH often have a naming scheme and a unit name cannot therefore be freely selected To make this possible however the UNIT_NAME parameter can be used in the ...

Page 915: ...EMOD selection Equipment module selection In the list Process cell data you have selected the object Equipment module Display field under dialog title Logical path display Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data Properties Name of the object selected in the process cell tree Description A description of the equipment module is displayed in this text box You can enter a descriptiv...

Page 916: ...s or warnings Additional functions Display of possible additional functions OK button Saves your settings and ends the dialog Apply button Your settings will be saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context 14 1 12 38 Neutral...

Page 917: ... Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log are displayed Display button The Display button activates the log The selected log is generated as an XML file with the specified layout and displayed in the Internet Explorer The Display button always shows all errors warnings for the selected Process cell Moreover on a selected object you can right click to select the Display Lo...

Page 918: ...ng this button takes you to the corresponding phase type With the Back button of the phase type you return to beginning selection Control strategies If the assigned phase type was defined as a control strategy type you can exclude certain control strategies from the control strategies defined for the type using the Change button The control strategies excluded in this manner will no longer be avai...

Page 919: ...s or warnings Additional functions Display of possible additional functions OK button Saves your settings and closes the dialog Apply button Your settings are saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context 14 1 12 40 EPH param...

Page 920: ...k mark is set for the type parameter an assignment to a WinCC archive tag must be made here By selecting this line an arrow is displayed on the right Selecting this arrow in turn opens the WinCC archive tag browser With this dialog it is possible to browse any WinCC archive variable of all available OS s of the project or all projects of a multiproject High limit This displays the high limit of th...

Page 921: ...pecific errors or warnings Additional functions Display of possible additional functions OK button Saves your settings and closes the dialog Apply button Your settings are saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context 14 1 12...

Page 922: ...r SFC types this is not possible because the control strategies are defined in the block If a control strategy is not defined the line will not be displayed Change button Use the Change button to exclude certain control strategies from all the control strategies defined on the type Batch process cell Buttons Compile This button only exists for a project and not for a multiproject All batch instanc...

Page 923: ...Description Description The description of the equipment module is displayed in this text box You enter description texts in the object properties for the unit in SIMATIC Manager Runtime name Corresponds to the WinCC variable name plus the OS name as prefix CFC chart CFC chart name in which the block is placed Open button Not possible in the multi project Click on the Open button to open the appro...

Page 924: ...volves a check for consistency with the batch types and conformity to ISA 88 Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log is displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log is displayed Display button The logging is activated with the Display button The selected log is generated as an XML file in the specified layout and displayed in In ternet Exp...

Page 925: ... entire process cell to generate or import the batch types All SFC types EPH EOP all BATCH interface blocks in the CFC charts from which the types are generated and the shared declarations enumerations units and equipment properties are loaded from the projects you have selected Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log are displayed Warnings display field The number of wa...

Page 926: ...ting selection slave characteristic Batch types in project removed for editing selection You have selected the Batch types in project removed for editing object in the Process cell data list Slave characteristic Runtime name in the dialog header Display of the runtime name Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data Properties Name of the object selected in the process cell tree Desc...

Page 927: ...og is generated as an XML file in the specified layout and displayed in In ternet Explorer Select Process cell and click the Display button to show all process cell errors or warnings You can also right click a selected object and select the Display log function to display object specific errors or warnings Additional functions Button Print Prints all batch types of the process cell in tabular for...

Page 928: ...g this button opens the Merge compile dialog for all the projects available in the multiproject This action also effectively results in the prop agation of all selected projects Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log is displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log is displayed Display button The logging function is activated with the Disp...

Page 929: ...cess cell tree Description Enter a description for the batch instances in this text box Last compiled on Local time stamp of the last compilation Batch instances Button Compile If a process cell standardized according to ISA 88 are located in your PCS 7 project the button is then activated or useable All batch instance blocks of all CFC charts in the project UNIT EPH EOP EPAR IUNIT IEPH IEOP IEPAR...

Page 930: ...nctions Display of possible additional functions OK button Saves your settings and closes the dialog Apply button Your settings are saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context 14 1 12 47 Selection of batch types in the mult...

Page 931: ...rrors display field The number of errors for the selected log is displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log is displayed Display button The logging is activated with the Display button The selected log is generated as an XML file in the specified layout and displayed in In ternet Explorer Select Process cell and click the Display button to show all process cell er...

Page 932: ...e Status display This shows the current status of the batch types in the project The status display can show the following three states 1 Up to date All information on the batch types of the project agree with the batch types of the multiproject 2 Not up to date All information on the batch types of the project doe not agree with the batch types of the multiproject 3 This status occurs when a proj...

Page 933: ... types of the process cell in tabular form OK button Saves your settings and closes the dialog Apply button Your settings are saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context 14 1 12 49 Selection of BATCH types in the project Ba...

Page 934: ...tivated with the Display button The selected log is generated as an XML file in the specified layout and displayed in In ternet Explorer Select Process cell and click the Display button to show all process cell errors or warnings You can also right click a selected object and select the Display log function to display object specific errors or warnings Additional functions Print This prints all ba...

Page 935: ...ponds to the WinCC variable name plus the OS name as prefix CFC chart CFC chart name in which the block is placed Open button Not possible in the multi project Click on the Open button to open the appropriate CFC chart and select the block Assigned phase type Type definition for process cell neutral recipe creation Type button Activating this button takes you to the corresponding block type With t...

Page 936: ...ors or warnings Additional functions Display of possible additional functions OK button Saves your settings and closes the dialog Apply button Your settings are saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context 14 1 12 51 AF para...

Page 937: ...CFC chart Low limit setpoint high limit The validity is checked during validation For process values this value is always 0 Parameters button Activating this button takes you to the corresponding phase type parameter With the Back button of the phase type parameter you return to this lo cation Parameters Button Compile This button only exists for a project and not for a multiproject All batch inst...

Page 938: ...mponent If a download is necessary the check boxes are set automatically and cannot be changed After a successful download the check box is deactivated again and can be reactivated PC station The name of the higher level PC station is displayed Target system The computer name of the specific component is displayed Verify For external target systems you can check whether the downloaded data are up ...

Page 939: ...t The download can be started Downloaded Process cell data downloaded A new download process can be trig gered No longer up to date The downloaded data is no longer up to date A new download proc ess can be triggered System error There was a system error when downloading Check download OS The OS has not yet been correctly downloaded Start Activates the download process 14 1 12 53 Generate types Di...

Page 940: ...y for inclusion Path Paths of all projects of the multiproject with a batch process cell Process cell Name of the plant hierarchy process cell from the ES Type status The following status displays are possible Up to date The local types are identical to the types of the multiproject master Not up to date The local types are not identical to the types of the multiproject master Result The following...

Page 941: ... out Include If you activate the check box in the column header all batch types for all projects will be propagated In the column you can also activate projects individually for inclusion Path Paths of all projects of the multiproject with a batch process cell Batch process cell Name of the batch process cell project Type status The following status displays are possible Up to date The local types...

Page 942: ...symbol Such projects cannot be compiled because the check box is grayed out Include If you want take all units in the projects into account when merging activate the check box in the column header Non activated check boxes will not be taken into consideration when merging Note If a compile of a project is required then the check box for compile will be activated automatically When including projec...

Page 943: ...f the multiproject master Propagate your batch types Note The type status of the compile copy is displayed for projects that are removed for editing Note in this regard that the batch types in the project that has been removed for editing may be more up to date than the batch types in the multiproject Compile status Displays the results of the specific actions propagate update and compile Start St...

Page 944: ... project for the individual server components are listed in a drop down list For example if the project contains multiple BATCH servers you can decide which BATCH server is to be used for the process operation runtime If you change the PC station of a component then the other components will be automatically changed over to the selected PC station Consequently only permissible distributions are po...

Page 945: ...type of the operator station is displayed standalone or multiple station project Symbolic computer name Display of the symbolic computer name of the respective OS The symbolic computer name is comprised of the S7 project name and the name of the OS separated by an underscore Create update archive variables Display of the status of the check box Create update archive variables from the dialog Prope...

Page 946: ...ent and set the message language Downloading a batch process cell without compiling and downloading the basic configuration Times The entered times indicate when a time out should be reported for the BATCH Server applications when booting or ending Since these times depend on certain supplementary conditions e g size of the batch process cell Pcell computer power etc they should not be selected to...

Page 947: ...n Download the change in the BATCH engineering to the BATCH server in the BATCH configuration dialog Stop BATCH Runtime and the BATCH project in the BATCH Launch Coordinator Then restart the project and Runtime The check box is cleared by default Message language Select the language in which the batch data management CDV will collect the BATCH messages from a drop down list box Downloading a batch...

Page 948: ... cells only is activated If the names are the same in the multiproject this is a display field If the names are not the same in the multiproject this is an input field The names that deviate from the names of the batch process cell are displayed with a red font This means that you must establish the same names Either rename the names displayed in red uniformly rename all names displayed in black o...

Page 949: ...ngs for the memory configuration the number of CFC charts and the memory blocks contained in them will be recalculated and adapted according to a formula by the system This adaptation may mean regenerating adding or deleting CFC charts or memory blocks and is performed automatically by the system when updating if changes were made in the basic engineering Remember that the number of CFC charts is ...

Page 950: ... compiled downloaded Check the log for the action Click the button in the Log column and repeat the action The object was successfully compiled downloaded however with warnings Click the Log button to view the warnings The object was successfully compiled downloaded Operating mode The availability of the AS is checked Download check box If you select the Download check box in the column header or ...

Page 951: ...ompile Download dialog Help button With this button you display the relevant topic in the online help Additional information CPU selection Page 858 Obtaining the memory configuration and setting the allocation Page 198 14 1 12 63 Connections tab What tasks do you perform in the Connections tab In the Connections tab you compile and download the station and connection configuration created in HW Co...

Page 952: ...fully compiled downloaded however with warnings Click the Log button to view the warnings The object was successfully compiled downloaded Operating mode The operating mode of the AS is read out If the AS cannot be reached this status is displayed Download check box If you select the check box in the Download column header or below the individual object and then click the Start button the data from...

Page 953: ... topic in the online help 14 1 12 64 External process cells selection External process cells selection All imported external process cells are listed under the node Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data External process cells in the navigation area Button Update A search is performed for imported external process cells in SIMATIC Manager and the results are displayed in the nav...

Page 954: ... Your settings are saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context 14 1 12 65 Process cell selection Selecting a process cell among external process cells Batch types and instances of external process cells are listed under the...

Page 955: ...isplay Log function to display object specific errors or warnings OK button Saves your settings and closes the dialog Apply button Your settings are saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context 14 1 12 66 Control strategies ...

Page 956: ...The parameter group assignment is enabled for all dynamic parameters When you select a unit all parameter groups assigned to this unit are displayed in the rows The columns display all dynamic parameters of the units to which one of these parameter groups has been assigned The parameter group assignment is enabled only for the dynamic parameters that match the unit used for filtering 14 1 12 68 Ba...

Page 957: ...ints all configured equipment properties of the process cell in tabular form OK button Saves your settings and closes the dialog Apply button Your settings are saved without closing the dialog The button is only available if you have made changes in the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context 14 1 12 69 Batch in...

Page 958: ...ton The selected log is generated as an XML file in the specified layout and displayed in In ternet Explorer Select Process cell and click the Display button to show all process cell errors or warnings You can also right click a selected object and select the Display log function to display object specific errors or warnings OK button Saves your settings and closes the dialog Apply button Your set...

Page 959: ...opology Downloading the project data Transferring the batch messages Reading writing the EQM file Defining the environment variables Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1 all available batch objects batch types and batch instances are displayed in the process cell tree left side of the dialog box and their attributes are displayed under Properties on the right side of the di...

Page 960: ...roperties The order of type parameters can be changed in the process cell tree via drag drop When SFC types of the EOP EPH category are used the batch types are only read and displayed in this dialog box read only Any modifications must be made in the SFC chart Equipment properties By selecting the Equipment properties folder you can create new equipment properties by selecting a created equipment...

Page 961: ...dapted according to the batch types This action is always required if a change has been made to batch types of existing batch instances e g inserting a new parameter changing the unit of measure etc Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log is displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log is displayed Display button The logging is activated w...

Page 962: ...tribution topology Downloading the project data Transferring the batch messages Reading writing the EQM file Defining the environment variables Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1 all available batch objects batch types and batch instances are displayed in the process cell tree left side of the dialog box and their attributes are displayed under Properties on the right sid...

Page 963: ...ure Operation types phase types and process tag types Equipment properties Batch instances Process cell folder Units folder Equipment properties Equipment modules EMOD folder Neutral folder Equipment phases EPH Parameters of equipment phases Equipment operations EOP Parameters of equipment operations Process tags Process tag parameters Runtime name in the dialog header Display of the runtime name ...

Page 964: ... batch instances e g inserting a new parameter changing the unit of measure etc New A new User data type subobject is created below the selected Data types object Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log is displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log is displayed Display button The logging is activated with the Display button The selected ...

Page 965: ...ology Downloading the project data Transferring the batch messages Reading writing the EQM file Defining the environment variables Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1 all available batch objects batch types and batch instances are displayed in the process cell tree left side of the dialog box and their attributes are displayed under Properties on the right side of the dial...

Page 966: ...ypes Equipment properties Batch instances Process cell folder Units folder Equipment properties Equipment modules EMOD folder Neutral folder Equipment phases EPH Parameters of equipment phases Equipment operations EOP Parameters of equipment operations Process tags Process tag parameters Runtime name in the dialog header Display of the runtime name Process cell data For navigation in the process c...

Page 967: ...te All batch instances are adapted according to the batch types This action is always required if a change has been made to batch types of existing batch instances e g inserting a new parameter changing the unit of measure etc New A new User data type parameter subobject is created below the selected User data type object Delete The user data type object can be deleted here Deletion is only possib...

Page 968: ...ters that refer to this data type are listed in a dialog box Certain attributes can be selected by means of a special filter OK button Saves your settings and closes the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context 14 1 13 4 Data type parameter selection PCC Data type parameters selection You have selected the Data t...

Page 969: ...own data types After selection of your own data type you can edit its data type parameters Units of measure Operation types phase types and process tag types Equipment properties Batch instances Process cell folder Units folder Equipment properties Equipment modules EMOD folder Neutral folder Equipment phases EPH Parameters of equipment phases Equipment operations EOP Parameters of equipment opera...

Page 970: ...inserting a new parameter changing the unit of measure etc Delete The user data type parameter object can be deleted here Deletion is only possible if the selected object is not in use Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log is displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log is displayed Display button The logging is activated with the Displa...

Page 971: ... distribution topology Downloading the project data Transferring the batch messages Reading writing the EQM file Defining the environment variables Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1 all available batch objects batch types and batch instances are displayed in the process cell tree left side of the dialog box and their attributes are displayed under Properties on the right...

Page 972: ...the dialog header Display of the runtime name Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data Properties Name of the object selected in the navigation tree Created by Specification of the application that created the object either SIMATIC BATCH PCell Control Center or SIMATIC Manager If a type object was created by SIMATIC Manager additional subobjects cannot be added nor can the selecte...

Page 973: ...lay button The selected log is generated as an XML file in the specified layout and displayed in In ternet Explorer Select Process cell and click the Display button to show all process cell errors or warnings You can also right click a selected object and select the Display log function to display object specific errors or warnings Additional functions Display of possible additional functions OK b...

Page 974: ... objects are Batch types Data types Units of measure unit of measure currently selected element By selecting the Units of measure folder you can create new physical units of measure by selecting a created unit of measure you can change its properties Operation types phase types and process tag types Equipment properties Batch instances Process cell folder Units folder Equipment properties Equipmen...

Page 975: ... been made to batch types of existing BATCH block instances e g inserting a new parameter chang ing the unit of measure etc Delete The unit of measure object can be deleted here Deletion is only possible if the selected object is not in use Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log is displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log is displayed...

Page 976: ...ith the PCC API Functions such as configuring the distribution topology Downloading the project data Transferring the batch messages Reading writing the EQM file Defining the environment variables Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1 all available batch objects batch types and batch instances are displayed in the process cell tree left side of the dialog box and their attri...

Page 977: ...gory are used the batch types are only read and displayed in this dialog box read only Possible changes must be made in the SFC Equipment properties Batch instances Process cell folder Units folder Equipment properties Equipment modules EMOD folder Neutral folder Equipment phases EPH Parameters of equipment phases Equipment operations EOP Parameters of equipment operations Process tags Process tag...

Page 978: ... batch types of existing batch instances e g inserting a new parameter changing the unit of measure etc New A new Operation type subobject is added below the selected Operation types object Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log is displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log is displayed Display button The logging is activated with the D...

Page 979: ... type in the process cell tree displays all operation type parameters for a selected operation type These can be moved to any point within an operation type by selecting and dragging them with the mouse During recipe creation the parameters of this operation type appear in the specified order in the parameter list of the recipe step Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1 all ...

Page 980: ...ust be made in the SFC chart Equipment properties Batch instances Process cell folder Units folder Equipment properties Equipment modules EMOD folder Neutral folder Equipment phases EPH Parameters of equipment phases Equipment operations EOP Parameters of equipment operations Process tags Process tag parameters Runtime name in the dialog header Display of the runtime name Process cell data For nav...

Page 981: ...ameter changing the unit of measure etc New Below the selected object Operation type A new Operation type param eter subobject is added below the selected Operation type object Delete The operation type object can be deleted here All subobjects operation type parameters are implicitly deleted Deletion is only possible if the se lected object is not in use Log Errors display field The number of err...

Page 982: ... possible with the PCC API Functions such as configuring the distribution topology Downloading the project data Transferring the batch messages Reading writing the EQM file Defining the environment variables Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1 all available batch objects batch types and batch instances are displayed in the process cell tree left side of the dialog box and ...

Page 983: ... properties Batch instances Process cell folder Units folder Equipment properties Equipment modules EMOD folder Neutral folder Equipment phases EPH Parameters of equipment phases Equipment operations EOP Parameters of equipment operations Process tags Process tag parameters Runtime name in the dialog header Display of the runtime name Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data Prope...

Page 984: ...ou can specify a value from 0 65535 that can be evaluated later in a user batch log to allow filtering Different values are permitted for setpoint and process value This means for example that you could filter according to setpoints with setpoint ID 1000 AND setpoint ID 500 and for process values with process value ID 2000 The user can specify how convenient such a query is in his log software Cre...

Page 985: ...t refer to this operation type parameter are listed in a dialog box Certain attributes can be selected by means of a special filter OK button Saves your settings and closes the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context 14 1 13 10 Process types General selection PCC Phase types general selection You have selected t...

Page 986: ...ange its properties The order of type parameters can be changed in the process cell tree via drag drop When SFC types of the EOP EPH category are used the batch types are only read and displayed in this dialog box read only Any modifications must be made in the SFC chart Equipment properties Batch instances Process cell folder Units folder Equipment properties Equipment modules EMOD folder Neutral...

Page 987: ...ng batch instances e g inserting a new parameter changing the unit of measure etc New A new Phase type subobject is created below the selected Phase types object Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log is displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log is displayed Display button The logging is activated with the Display button The selected l...

Page 988: ...e type in the process cell tree displays all phase type parameters for a selected phase type These can be moved to any point within a phase type by selecting and dragging them with the mouse During recipe creation the parameters of this phase type appear in the specified order in the parameter list of the recipe step Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1 all available batch ...

Page 989: ...t be made in the SFC chart Equipment properties Batch instances Process cell folder Units folder Equipment properties Equipment modules EMOD folder Neutral folder Equipment phases EPH Parameters of equipment phases Equipment operations EOP Parameters of equipment operations Process tags Process tag parameters Runtime name in the dialog header Display of the runtime name Process cell data For navig...

Page 990: ...arameter changing the unit of measure etc New A new Phase type parameters subobject is created below the selected Phase type object Delete The phase type object can be deleted here All subobjects phase type parame ters are implicitly deleted Deletion is only possible if the selected object is not in use Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log is displayed Warnings displa...

Page 991: ...ctions such as configuring the distribution topology Downloading the project data Transferring the batch messages Reading writing the EQM file Defining the environment variables Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1 all available batch objects batch types and batch instances are displayed in the process cell tree left side of the dialog box and their attributes are displayed...

Page 992: ... EOP Parameters of equipment operations Process tags Process tag parameters Runtime name in the dialog header Display of the runtime name Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data Properties Name of the object selected in the navigation tree Description Any object description by the user Data type Assign the desired data type to the phase type parameter here All stand ard data type...

Page 993: ...her SIMATIC BATCH PCell Control Center or SIMATIC Manager If a type object was created by SIMATIC Manager additional subobjects cannot be added nor can the selected object be deleted or changed either via the PCC API or with the PCC configuration dialog If an instance object was created by SIMATIC Manager additional subobjects can be added via the PCC API or with the PCC configuration dialog Howev...

Page 994: ...ag types general object in the Process Cell Data list The following functions are exclusively possible with the PCC API Functions such as configuring the distribution topology Downloading the project data Transferring the batch messages Reading writing the EQM file Defining the environment variables Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1 all available batch objects batch type...

Page 995: ...ory are used the batch types are only read and displayed in this dialog box read only Any modifications must be made in the SFC chart Equipment properties Batch instances Process cell folder Units folder Equipment properties Equipment modules EMOD folder Neutral folder Equipment phases EPH Parameters of equipment phases Equipment operations EOP Parameters of equipment operations Process tags Proce...

Page 996: ... batch instances e g inserting a new parameter changing the unit of measure etc New A new Process tag type subobject is added below the selected Process tag types object Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log is displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log is displayed Display button The logging is activated with the Display button The se...

Page 997: ...ation type in the process cell tree displays all operation type parameters for a selected operation type These can be moved to any point within an operation type by selecting and dragging them with the mouse During recipe creation the parameters of this operation type appear in the specified order in the parameter list of the recipe step Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1...

Page 998: ...PH category are used the batch types are only read and displayed in this dialog box read only Any modifications must be made in the SFC chart Equipment properties Batch instances Process cell folder Units folder Equipment properties Equipment modules EMOD folder Neutral folder Equipment phases EPH Parameters of equipment phases Equipment operations EOP Parameters of equipment operations Process ta...

Page 999: ...ances e g inserting a new parameter changing the unit of measure etc New A new Process tag type parameters subobject is created below the se lected Process tag type object Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log is displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log is displayed Display button The logging is activated with the Display button The ...

Page 1000: ...API Functions such as configuring the distribution topology Downloading the project data Transferring the batch messages Reading writing the EQM file Defining the environment variables Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1 all available batch objects batch types and batch instances are displayed in the process cell tree left side of the dialog box and their attributes are di...

Page 1001: ... Parameters of equipment operations Process tags Process tag parameters Runtime name in the dialog header Display of the runtime name Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data Parameters Name of the object selected in the navigation tree Description Any object description by the user Data type Assign the desired data type to the process tag type parameter from the drop down list Al...

Page 1002: ...either SIMATIC BATCH PCell Control Center or SIMATIC Manager If a type object was created by SIMATIC Manager additional subobjects cannot be added nor can the selected object be deleted or changed either via the PCC API or with the PCC configuration dialog If an instance object was created by SIMATIC Manager additional subobjects can be added via the PCC API or with the PCC configuration dialog Ho...

Page 1003: ...loading the project data Transferring the batch messages Reading writing the EQM file Defining the environment variables Note Moving equipment properties Opening the equipment properties in the process cell tree displays all equipment properties of the process cell These can be moved to any point within the equipment properties by selecting and dragging them with the mouse During recipe creation t...

Page 1004: ...the dialog header Display of the runtime name Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data Properties Name of the object selected in the navigation tree Created by Specification of the application that created the object either SIMATIC BATCH PCell Control Center or SIMATIC Manager If a type object was created by SIMATIC Manager additional subobjects cannot be added nor can the selecte...

Page 1005: ...xplorer Select Process cell and click the Display button to show all process cell errors or warnings You can also right click a selected object and select the Display log function to display object specific errors or warnings Additional functions Display of possible additional functions OK button Saves your settings and closes the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help ...

Page 1006: ...ipment properties Equipment property currently selected object By selecting the Equipment properties folder you can create new equipment properties by selecting a created equipment property you can change its properties Batch instances Process cell folder Units folder Equipment properties Equipment modules EMOD folder Neutral folder Equipment phases EPH Parameters of equipment phases Equipment ope...

Page 1007: ...ll batch instances are adapted according to the batch types This action is always required if a change has been made to batch types of existing batch instances e g inserting a new parameter changing the unit of measure etc Delete The selected equipment characteristic will be deleted Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log is displayed Warnings display field The number of...

Page 1008: ...guring the distribution topology Downloading the project data Transferring the batch messages Reading writing the EQM file Defining the environment variables Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1 all available batch objects batch types and batch instances are displayed in the process cell tree left side of the dialog box and their attributes are displayed under Properties on...

Page 1009: ...ent phases EPH Parameters of equipment phases Equipment operations EOP Parameters of equipment operations Process tags Process tag parameters Runtime name in the dialog header Display of the runtime name Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data Properties Name of the object selected in the navigation tree Description Any object description by the user Context help references 14 1 ...

Page 1010: ...nstances are adapted according to the batch types This action is always required if a change has been made to batch types of existing batch instances e g inserting a new parameter changing the unit of measure etc New A new object is created below the selected object The possible object types are offered for selection in a later Insert dialog Log Errors display field The number of errors for the se...

Page 1011: ... topology Downloading the project data Transferring the batch messages Reading writing the EQM file Defining the environment variables Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1 all available batch objects batch types and batch instances are displayed in the process cell tree left side of the dialog box and their attributes are displayed under Properties on the right side of the ...

Page 1012: ...ntime name in the dialog header Display of the runtime name Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data Properties Name of the object selected in the navigation tree Description Any object description by the user Process cell component group ing If you have configured one or more enumerations as an equipment property you can set one of them as a grouping criterion from the drop down ...

Page 1013: ... selected object the complete process cell in this case are checked for consistency with batch types and for conformity to ISA 88 The validity errors and validity warnings are displayed in the log field and can be visualized using the Display button Update All batch instances are adapted according to the batch types This action is always required if a change has been made to batch types of existin...

Page 1014: ...stribution topology Downloading the project data Transferring the batch messages Reading writing the EQM file Defining the environment variables Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1 all available batch objects batch types and batch instances are displayed in the process cell tree left side of the dialog box and their attributes are displayed under Properties on the right si...

Page 1015: ...lay of the runtime name Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data Properties Name of the object selected in the navigation tree Description Any object description by the user Last changed on The last change of the objects of this unit is specified with date and time Available The check box specifies that the unit can be allocated to batches This is a default setting Runtime name Th...

Page 1016: ...example no specification is made on a unit the entry on the process cell object will apply Unit Buttons Check validity All batch instances starting with the selected object a unit in this case are checked for consistency with the batch types and for conformity to ISA 88 The validity errors and validity warnings are displayed in the log field and can be visualized using the Display button Update Al...

Page 1017: ...in the Process cell data list The following functions are exclusively possible with the PCC API Functions such as configuring the distribution topology Downloading the project data Transferring the batch messages Reading writing the EQM file Defining the environment variables Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1 all available batch objects batch types and batch instances ar...

Page 1018: ...pment phases Equipment operations EOP Parameters of equipment operations Process tags Process tag parameters Runtime name in the dialog header Display of the runtime name Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data Properties Name of the object selected in the navigation tree Description Any object description by the user Setpoint Drop down list for selecting a setpoint e g for data ...

Page 1019: ...ate All batch instances are adapted according to the batch types This action is always required if a change has been made to batch types of existing batch instances e g inserting a new parameter changing the unit of measure etc Delete The equipment property object can be deleted here Deletion is only pos sible if the selected object is not in use Log Errors display field The number of errors for t...

Page 1020: ... such as configuring the distribution topology Downloading the project data Transferring the batch messages Reading writing the EQM file Defining the environment variables Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1 all available batch objects batch types and batch instances are displayed in the process cell tree left side of the dialog box and their attributes are displayed under...

Page 1021: ...ules EMOD folder currently selected object Neutral folder Equipment phases EPH Parameters of equipment phases Equipment operations EOP Parameters of equipment operations Process tags Process tag parameters Runtime name in the dialog header Display of the runtime name Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data Context help references 14 1 Dialogs SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 Operating Manual 0...

Page 1022: ... is always required if a change has been made to batch types of existing batch instances e g inserting a new parameter changing the unit of measure etc New A new subobject is created below the selected Equipment module object The possible object types are offered in the subsequent dialog Insert for selection Delete The equipment module object can be deleted here All subobjects phase blocks are imp...

Page 1023: ...he PCC API Functions such as configuring the distribution topology Downloading the project data Transferring the batch messages Reading writing the EQM file Defining the environment variables Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1 all available batch objects batch types and batch instances are displayed in the process cell tree left side of the dialog box and their attributes...

Page 1024: ...a Properties Name of the object selected in the navigation tree Description Any object description by the user Created by Specification of the application that created the object either SIMATIC BATCH PCell Control Center or SIMATIC Manager If a type object was created by SIMATIC Manager additional subobjects cannot be added nor can the selected object be deleted or changed either via the PCC API o...

Page 1025: ...og is displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log is displayed Display button The logging is activated with the Display button The selected log is generated as an XML file in the specified layout and displayed in In ternet Explorer Select Process cell and click the Display button to show all process cell errors or warnings You can also right click a selected object...

Page 1026: ...stances are displayed in the process cell tree left side of the dialog box and their attributes are displayed under Properties on the right side of the dialog box Specifically the batch objects are Batch types Data types Units of measure Phase types Operation types Process tag types Equipment properties Batch instances Process cell folder Units folder Equipment properties Equipment modules EMOD fo...

Page 1027: ...eleted or changed either via the PCC API or with the PCC configuration dialog If an instance object was created by SIMATIC Manager additional subobjects can be added via the PCC API or with the PCC configuration dialog However it is still not possible to delete or change the selected object here Function block Buttons Check validity All batch instances starting with the selected object an equipmen...

Page 1028: ...tances that are contained below EPH are listed in a dialog box Certain attributes can be selected by means of a special filter OK button Saves your settings and closes the dialog Cancel button Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context 14 1 13 25 EPH parameters selection PCC EPH parameters selection You have selected the EPH parameters...

Page 1029: ... Batch instances Process cell folder Units folder Equipment properties Equipment modules EMOD folder Neutral folder Equipment phases EPH Parameters of equipment phases currently selected object Equipment operations EOP Parameters of equipment operations Process tags Process tag parameters Runtime name in the dialog header Display of the runtime name Process cell data For navigation in the process ...

Page 1030: ...PCC configuration dialog If an instance object was created by SIMATIC Manager additional subobjects can be added via the PCC API or with the PCC configuration dialog However it is still not possible to delete or change the selected object here Parameters button Activating this button takes you to the corresponding phase type pa rameter With the Back button of the phase type parameter you return to...

Page 1031: ...ton Closes the dialog without saving changes Help button Opens the SIMATIC BATCH online help for this context 14 1 13 26 EOP selection PCC Equipment operations selection You have selected the Equipment operations object in the Process cell data list The following functions are exclusively possible with the PCC API Functions such as configuring the distribution topology Downloading the project data...

Page 1032: ... data For navigation in the process cell data Properties Name of the object selected in the navigation tree Description Any object description by the user Runtime name This consists of a prefix symbolic computer name of the OS station and the path to the WinCC tag separated by Example OS1_KH1D331 Process cell1 Unit1 CFC EOPName Assigned opera tion type The reference to the operation type can be ch...

Page 1033: ... batch types This action is always required if a change has been made to batch types of existing batch instances e g inserting a new parameter changing the unit of measure etc Delete The selected object including its subobjects is deleted Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log is displayed Warnings display field The number of warnings for the selected log is displayed D...

Page 1034: ...ion topology Downloading the project data Transferring the batch messages Reading writing the EQM file Defining the environment variables Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1 all available batch objects batch types and batch instances are displayed in the process cell tree left side of the dialog box and their attributes are displayed under Properties on the right side of t...

Page 1035: ...rently selected object Process tags Process tag parameters Runtime name in the dialog header Display of the runtime name Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data Properties Name of the object selected in the navigation tree Description Any object description by the user Runtime name This consists of a prefix symbolic computer name of the OS station and the path to the WinCC tag se...

Page 1036: ...peration type parameter to return to this point Block Buttons Check validity All batch instances starting with the selected object here a parameter of an equipment operation are checked for consistency with the batch types and for conformity to ISA 88 The validity errors and validity warnings are displayed in the log field and can be visualized using the Display button Update All batch instances a...

Page 1037: ...xclusively possible with the PCC API Functions such as configuring the distribution topology Downloading the project data Transferring the batch messages Reading writing the EQM file Defining the environment variables Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1 all available batch objects batch types and batch instances are displayed in the process cell tree left side of the dialo...

Page 1038: ... name in the dialog header Display of the runtime name Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data Properties Name of the object selected in the navigation tree Description Any object description by the user Runtime name This consists of a prefix symbolic computer name of the OS station and the path to the WinCC tag separated by Example OS1_KH1D331 Proc ess cell1 Unit1 CFC Processtag...

Page 1039: ...ty warnings are displayed in the log field and can be visualized using the Display button Update All batch instances are adapted according to the batch types This action is always required if a change has been made to batch types of existing batch instances e g inserting a new parameter changing the unit of measure etc Delete The selected process tag will be deleted Log Errors display field The nu...

Page 1040: ...tions such as configuring the distribution topology Downloading the project data Transferring the batch messages Reading writing the EQM file Defining the environment variables Display Below a project cardinality project process cell 1 1 all available batch objects batch types and batch instances are displayed in the process cell tree left side of the dialog box and their attributes are displayed ...

Page 1041: ... tags Process tag parameters currently selected object Runtime name in the dialog header Display of the runtime name Process cell data For navigation in the process cell data Properties Name of the object selected in the navigation tree Description Any object description by the user Runtime name This consists of a prefix symbolic computer name of the OS station and the path to the WinCC tag separa...

Page 1042: ... and validity warnings are displayed in the log field and can be visualized using the Display button Update All batch instances are adapted according to the batch types This action is always required if a change has been made to batch types of existing batch instances e g inserting a new parameter changing the unit of measure etc Log Errors display field The number of errors for the selected log i...

Page 1043: ...H process cell of the same name does not exist in the ES Project path The logical path from the project to the current object via the components is displayed Storage location of project Physical path of the project Author Name of the configurator Date created Creation date of the object Last modified Date of the last change to the object Comment Enter a comment here to enter specific information a...

Page 1044: ...n Note To change names or comments open the object properties in HW config Attention The system does not check for identical names 14 1 14 3 Merge Compile tab Introduction All BATCH projects of the multiproject are displayed in this tab BATCH projects are those with a batch and PH process cell object Note You cannot download batch data and transfer messages in a removed BATCH project Generate type...

Page 1045: ...n the relevant columns Project In the Project column you will see the name of the project Note Projects that have been removed for editing are indicated by a transparent icon Such projects cannot be compiled because the check box is grayed out Path In the Path column you will see the path of the project Batch process cell The Batch process cell column displays the name of the batch process cell th...

Page 1046: ...s the help for this context Additional information Compiling and Downloading Batch Process Cell Data Page 202 14 1 14 4 Download tab Introduction The complete distribution of your batch process cell is displayed in this tab The Status column displays the status of all components involved using colored traffic light symbols Based on the color scheme you can quickly recognize which components need t...

Page 1047: ...nts are checked Note Components of local target systems are checked automatically Status The following status displays are possible Status Symbol Remark Downloaded Process cell data downloaded A new download process can be triggered No longer up to date The downloaded data is no longer up to date A new download process can be triggered Non existent or not configured Check BATCH installation There ...

Page 1048: ...LL as well as the supplementary data in the hierarchy folders 14 2 1 2 Updating of the process cell If you have made changes to the BATCH relevant process cell data e g in CFC charts with SFC types BATCH interface blocks or to type descriptions in the engineering system ES you must update the process cell data in BatchCC Updating process cell data after changes in the engineering system Page 290 1...

Page 1049: ...rations and process cell data used in the created recipe A result display or error list is displayed that indicates whether or not the recipe header is completed whether materials exist whether steps and transitions in the recipe are configured and whether the normalized batch quantity is correct Within the BATCH Recipe Editor you can also jump to the part of the recipe that caused the problem by ...

Page 1050: ...r recipe parameters If parameters have been deleted or added in the formula category Parameter type changes in the formula category That the master recipe is released You must have already selected input materials and output materials Any errors detected during the check are displayed and can be saved in a file 14 2 2 4 Validate batch Edit menu A Validity check for planned batches may be necessary...

Page 1051: ... and formulas released for testing or production However only the master recipes that were not assigned to a formula category are displayed You can assign the formula or the master recipe 14 2 2 11 Create new batch Edit menu You use this function to open a dialog where you can create new batches based on the selected object master recipe or formula When this occurs the properties header parameters...

Page 1052: ...ster recipe Edit menu With this function you can create a new flat master recipe Page 500 with name version and description You edit the recipe with the recipe editor 14 2 2 17 Create new hierarchical master recipe Edit menu With this function you can create a new hierarchical master recipe Page 502 with name version and description The recipe is edited with the aid of the Recipe Editor 14 2 2 18 ...

Page 1053: ...Edit menu This command opens a new window listing all formulas of the selected formula category the processing status the author and the date last changed 14 2 2 25 Open list of master recipes Edit menu This command opens a new window listing all the recipes the processing status the author and the date last changed 14 2 2 26 Open list of recipe categories Edit menu Use this command to open a new ...

Page 1054: ...opens the dialog for editing the header data of a library operation Here the setpoints for material and parameters and the unit assignment can be modified for a library operation that has not yet been released 14 2 2 33 Properties of a formula category Edit menu Formulas are used for the definition of parameters required for a recipe independent of the procedure You specify the parameter structure...

Page 1055: ... a description for this folder 14 2 2 39 Material properties Edit menu This command opens a dialog for the selected material You can enter the name code a description and the qualities for this material 14 2 2 40 Batch properties Edit menu This function opens the dialog for entering a batch name selecting a master recipe specifying the batch quantity and the start and end time of the batch 14 2 2 ...

Page 1056: ...he library operation Validity is first checked with this command Release library operations 1 Select the library operation 2 Select the menu command Edit Release for production or the context menu command right mouse button Result After it has been released the library operation has the Released for production status See also Difference release for testing or release for production Page 1097 14 2 ...

Page 1057: ...equired for the release Validity is first checked with this command Release formulas 1 Select the formula 2 Select the menu command Edit Release or the shortcut menu command right click Result After it has been released the formula has the Released status Note If errors occur in the validation the problems are displayed and the formula status remains in progress 14 2 2 45 Release master recipe for...

Page 1058: ...he recipes and status changes Page 318 Open recipes Page 1053 Difference release for testing or release for production Page 1097 14 2 2 46 Release master recipe for production Edit menu Requirement The validity of the recipe is required for this Validity is first checked with this command Release recipes 1 Select the recipe 2 Select the menu command Edit Release for production or the shortcut menu...

Page 1059: ...or the context menu command right mouse button Result After revoking the release a library operation released for testing has the In progress status or a library operation released for production has the Release revoked status Icon Meaning In progress Release revoked 14 2 2 49 Revoke release of master recipe Edit menu Introduction You can revoke the release of a master recipe in BatchCC Revoke rel...

Page 1060: ...2 50 Release for production Edit menu This function cannot be executed for the selected object 14 2 2 51 Copy formula Edit menu This command copies a selected formula within the order 14 2 2 52 Unlock Edit menu If a Batch object is being edited by one user it is locked for other users You can use this function to cancel the lock and make the object editable When a different BATCH client even on th...

Page 1061: ... the context menu command right mouse button The library operation you have selected is deleted following a prompt for confirmation This function cannot be reversed If you have selected more than one library operation you are prompted to confirm deletion of each recipe separately Library operations can only be deleted when they are not used in recipes 14 2 2 55 Delete batch Edit menu Procedure 1 S...

Page 1062: ...lect the quality you want to delete Select the menu command Edit Delete or the context menu command right mouse button Note The selected quality is deleted immediately after you answer the prompt for confirmation Deleting is permanent and cannot be undone 14 2 2 59 Delete order Edit menu Select the order you want to delete Select the menu item Edit Delete or the context menu item right mouse butto...

Page 1063: ...use and save the object Only then can the material be deleted 14 2 2 63 Deleting shortcuts Deletes a previously selected object from the shortcut window 14 2 2 64 Delete all shortcuts Deletes all shortcuts contained in the shortcut window 14 2 2 65 Displaying list of order categories Edit menu This command opens a new window listing all the order categories with the configured orders and batches a...

Page 1064: ... 2 2 72 Export formula category Start the assistant for exporting the formula category All corresponding formulas are exported 14 2 2 73 Export Options menu Start the assistants for exporting libraries master recipes and formula categories 14 2 2 74 Create folder Edit menu With this function you create a new folder below an object to achieve a better overview Note Structure depth of folders in Bat...

Page 1065: ...splay incorrect old data With this command you instruct BatchCC to query the current data for an entry at the BATCH server 14 2 2 78 Insert new object Edit menu Function Dynamic selection for creating a new object e g recipe By clicking this icon you display a menu of the objects that can be selected 14 2 3 Control menu 14 2 3 1 Abort Control menu Overview With this command you abort a batch befor...

Page 1066: ...d continuous operation If you have selected Yes for the extended continuous operation these equipment phases continue to run after the end of the batch The equipment phases can be occupied again by other batches If you have selected No for the extended continuous operation this button is not available with the batch With ROPs and RUPs as described above all recipe steps and their equipment phases ...

Page 1067: ...bringing the blocks in the AS to a non critical state Even if the connection to the AS has been re established these SIMATIC BATCH blocks must be reset before they can be used again For safety a prompt appears asking the user if he really wants to abort the batch with the note that no AS connection is available and that the interface blocks of the allocated unit may need to be released manually Th...

Page 1068: ...p command in batch control In contrast to the Hold immediately command this command simply prevents the control recipe from passing control to the next step Active equipment procedural elements are not affected and continue until they are complete Batch control waits before processing the next transition or starting the recipe step until the Resume command is received 14 2 3 9 Hold immediately Con...

Page 1069: ...op batch except conti Note Steps in continuous operation are not stopped The batch changes to the status Stopped When batches are stopped all the units occupied by the batch are released once again You cannot continue a stopped batch Note If a batch does not contain any recipe steps in continuous operation only the default prompt for confirmation appears Function of the Stop batch button When you ...

Page 1070: ...trol menu With this command you cancel a batch After this command has executed the batch can no longer be released or started 14 2 3 15 Open control recipe Control menu With this command you open the graphic recipe representation of a batch In this view the steps and transitions are shown graphically 14 2 3 16 Save as recipe Control menu You use this command to save a batch as a new master recipe ...

Page 1071: ...g The control recipe used for the batch may not contain any recipe unit procedures that are executed in the AS The window with the corresponding control recipe is open in the BatchCC and is active The batch is in one of the following states Planned Locked Released Held Paused after step Ensure that other users cannot edit in this mode See also Scope of services and features Page 459 14 2 3 18 Acce...

Page 1072: ...ly Note Depending on the status batches are transferred from the Planning list to the Status list for example or from the Status list to the Results list But these batches also initially remain in the currently open list They do not disappear from the corresponding list until the next time the list is opened Batch control When you select a batch and right click the shortcut menu offers control com...

Page 1073: ...shortcut menu offers control commands appropriate for the context Filter mechanism Each table column contains a filter cell You can enter a filter criterion in these filter cells to limit the display to specific batches You can use the and characters as placeholders The question mark is a placeholder for any character and the multiplication sign for any character string Example a Shows for example...

Page 1074: ... the name This filter mechanism is not case sensitive Additional information Status of the batches Page 372 14 2 4 5 Set order of batches Planning menu Opens a dialog for chaining batches You specify whether a batch is chained to a predecessor or successor batch Chainings already configured in BatchCC are shown in the Schedule batches dialog and can be modified You specify a predecessor batch or s...

Page 1075: ...ff Options menu This function logs off the current user Note Following logon via a smart card reader the logoff must also be performed via the smart card reader and not using the Options Log off menu command in Batch CC or the Recipe Editor 14 2 5 2 Permission management Options menu This function opens the Permission management dialog Here you can make settings for the individual permissions of t...

Page 1076: ...in the Options menu of BatchCC Log off Permission management Roles management 14 2 5 4 Backup Options menu Using this menu command you can create a complete backup of your configured data such as libraries master recipes materials user permissions etc as a backup file The internal compressed xml Format sbb is available as the file extension If completed batches exist that have not yet been archive...

Page 1077: ... the restore function in the BATCH Control Center be selected and executed Only backup files from the current or an older SIMATIC BATCH version are supported Procedure To execute the Restore function perform the following steps 1 Start BatchCC Result The editing window in BatchCC is still empty 2 Select the menu command Options Restore Select the backup file sbb you require 3 Decide whether the lo...

Page 1078: ...store all OS messages retain the status that the OS messages had before the Backup The information required for the status changes is no longer available Additional information Backup Restore dialog Page 799 How do I restore a SIMATIC BATCH server to its original state Page 673 Security aspects Page 75 14 2 5 6 Export Options menu Start the assistants for exporting libraries master recipes and for...

Page 1079: ... You use the viewer to display and print archived batches in a control recipe 14 2 5 13 Always on top Options menu With this command the window of the Batch Control Center always appears in the foreground regardless as to whether or not other software applications are open on the PC 14 2 5 14 Migration Finalize Options menu When you update the BATCH project to a new software version of SIMATIC BAT...

Page 1080: ...or on an icon do not click A small field will be displayed with the designation Note The icons can only be activated with a mouse or trackball 14 2 6 2 Control bar View menu This function toggles the display of the control bar on check mark and off The control bar is located below the menu bar It contains buttons with which you can control the running of a batch Start Start Starts a released selec...

Page 1081: ... right window area in the BatchCC It can then be positioned by the user The overview for control recipes is used for orientation and navigation in bulky recipe structures Additional information Overview of the control recipes Page 371 14 2 6 5 Output View menu This function toggles the display of the output window for BATCH messages on check mark or off When the BatchCC is opened on a PC where the...

Page 1082: ...d the wrong type for the import file you need to cancel the Import Assistant and start the import again by selecting the menu command Options Import All Batch objects contained in the import file are displayed when the file is selected You can now select the objects to be imported from those displayed Note You can select multiple objects When several lines are marked you can select or deselect the...

Page 1083: ...you do not wish to use the object in the target process cell you should rename the object at this point Otherwise you cannot continue the import process Select the element to be imported and click Rename in the shortcut menu to change the name A dialog then opens for entering the required change Note Information regarding the status of the object is specified here Next Goes to the next page If the...

Page 1084: ...ersion code or replace the affected element by the element in the target process cell if it matches Libraries formula categories materials roles The objects to be imported libraries for example are displayed in this column The check box indicates if the element should be imported If you do not import an element the imported recipe library formula category is not valid Status displays Icon Meaning ...

Page 1085: ...e listed in the Current process cell column To the left of each element in the tree structure is a check box with the following meaning White background No element from the open batch process cell could be allocated Check mark on a white background The element and all lower level elements must be arranged according to the elements that will be imported Note The assignment is made by matching names...

Page 1086: ...plete a warning appears and the element creating the problem is marked on the left 14 2 7 4 Import Assign Parameters Introduction Additional assignments must be made for formula categories and libraries When a formula category is replaced for example information must be provided as to how the interconnected parameters must be replaced The library or formula category assignments are listed in the d...

Page 1087: ...ead of double click If you do not want to use an allocation you can ether remove it via the shortcut menu or remove it with the right arrow Result The system checks if all elements with a check mark have an assignment If they do not correct this and press Next again Parameters This column contains the objects to be imported e g parameters The check box indicates whether you want to import the elem...

Page 1088: ...in intact Next Goes to the next page If editing of the data on the current page is not complete an error message is output and the problematic element is marked in the list 14 2 7 5 Import overview Introduction All allocations that you have made are listed again in this dialog box Please check the listing and then start the import process Note Copy the previously marked text via the clipboard to a...

Page 1089: ...asing the size of the active work window by one level The command can be repeated until the minimum size is reached Additional information Zoom tab Settings Page 725 14 2 8 3 Resetting the zoom factor Function In the BATCH Recipe Editor and during batch control you can use this function to adapt the display of the recipe in each active work window to a medium zoom level normal size This zoom level...

Page 1090: ... objects 14 2 10 Functionality of the viewer for archived batches 14 2 10 1 Open and display archive file mainly XML Use this command to open a search dialog in which you can navigate to an archive file The default archive file format is XML files xml In the Open dialog navigate to the required archive file and click Open The control recipe of the archived batch is then displayed 14 2 10 2 Open an...

Page 1091: ...e found Batch Batch search by specifying a batch name and or a batch ID General search criteria Batch search based on general criteria such as project process cell etc Note that only criteria from the drop down list can be selected for the Project and Process cell selection boxes Customized inputs with wildcards are possible for all other criteria Search result display Displays the batches matchin...

Page 1092: ...monly required functions of the menu bar In the status bar you can see more detailed information about the function Click on the icon to trigger the function Icons that cannot be selected are displayed in gray You can tell which function is stored for the specific icon by placing the cursor on an icon do not click A small field will be displayed with the designation Note The icons can only be acti...

Page 1093: ...o create a new substructure as library object in the BATCH Recipe Editor for subsequent use in a flat recipe A new recipe window will open that contains a base structure with start and end icon 14 3 1 5 Open Recipe menu Function In the BATCH Recipe Editor this function opens an existing recipe A list box opens in which you can select the recipe to be edited in the tree with the levels process cell...

Page 1094: ...he database 14 3 1 10 Save graphic Recipe menu Function This feature allows you to save the recipe graphic displayed in the active window of the BATCH recipe editor as file on your hard disk The default file name is that of the open master recipe The storage location is Documents and Settings All Users Application Data Siemens Automation Logfiles Batch The file name and location can be freely sele...

Page 1095: ...n release for testing and for production Page 1097 14 3 1 14 Release for production Recipe menu Function In the BATCH Recipe Editor you can use this function to release the recipe in the active recipe window for production in other words for the creation of batches Additional information Release recipe for production Page 1058 Difference between release for testing and for production Page 1097 14 ...

Page 1096: ...s function to display the graphic of the recipe in the active recipe window as it will be printed Note You cannot edit in the graphic print preview Additional information Print Recipe menu Page 1096 Print graphic Recipe menu Page 1096 14 3 1 19 Print graphic Recipe menu Function In the BATCH Recipe Editor you can use this function to print the graphic of the recipe in the active recipe window To d...

Page 1097: ...ent that supports creation of folders has been selected in the tree System property Depending on which parameters name and version you are using the Save as function with a different behavior results If an existing object with a changed name is saved the change log of the new object is recreated and is empty If an existing object with the same name but with a different version is saved the existin...

Page 1098: ...all commands that have been undone if you have not made any changes since then Additional information Undo Edit menu Page 1098 14 3 2 3 Copy Edit menu This function cannot be executed for this selected object 14 3 2 4 Delete Edit menu Function In the BATCH Recipe Editor this command is used in a recipe to delete selected objects structure elements Additional information Cut Edit menu Page 1106 Pas...

Page 1099: ...display the previous object with an error structure element and select it in the recipe You can use this function to go to all points at which an error was detected in the validation Additional information Go to Next error Edit menu Page 1099 Validate Recipe menu Page 1095 14 3 2 7 Properties Edit menu Function In the BATCH Recipe Editor you can use this function to open a dialog for the object se...

Page 1100: ...ucture e g a library operation in the BATCH recipe editor and embed it in the recipe Click on the desired object beforehand Resolving a substructure means that the underlying recipe structure is inserted instead of the substructure 14 3 2 11 Hide in substructure Edit menu Function Use this function in the Recipe Editor to form a substructure of single recipe elements within a flat recipe Select th...

Page 1101: ... selecting an object structure element in the recipe Click the required object to select it Drag a lasso around the required object to select it Additional information Selecting objects Page 499 14 3 3 View menu 14 3 3 1 Fit automatically View menu Function In the BATCH Recipe Editor and in batch control this function adapts the display of a recipe in the active work window automatically to the wi...

Page 1102: ...on do not click A small box will then be displayed with the designation Note The icons can only be activated with a mouse or trackball 14 3 3 4 Toolbars Insert View menu Function In the BATCH Recipe Editor and Batch control you can use this function to toggle the display of the toolbar for zooming recipes check mark 14 3 3 5 Status bar View menu Function This function toggles the display of the st...

Page 1103: ...age 1103 Clear error indicators Page 1103 14 3 4 3 Display errors Options menu Function In the BATCH Recipe Editor you can use this function to display the errors of the selected object structure element in the recipe structure following validation Additional information Validation Page 1049 Display all errors Page 1103 Clear error indicators Page 1103 14 3 4 4 Clear error indicators Options menu ...

Page 1104: ...uration Non redundant configuration Both master and standby BATCH Control Servers are available The BATCH Control Server is available The master server in a redundant con figuration is available Its standby server is not available A redundancy switchover cannot take place in this status Neither of the two redundant BATCH control servers is available The BATCH Control Center is not ready to use The...

Page 1105: ... document Go back one page Goes back one page in the document Current page Shows the page number of the page currently displayed in the print preview window Total number of pages Shows the total number of pages in the document Next page Goes to the next page of the document Last page Navigates to the last page of the document Back Function currently not available Hold Interrupts the print data pre...

Page 1106: ...t menu Page 1098 14 5 2 Copy Edit menu Function In the BATCH Recipe Editor this command is used in a recipe to copy selected objects structure elements and place them on the clipboard The objects can then be pasted at another location The objects remain in the clipboard until further objects are cut or copied Note You can copy if you have selected only one object or if the selected objects are adj...

Page 1107: ...arameters Defer Relations When you insert recipe elements with passed deferred parameters all parameters receive the displayed value No new defer relations are created Defer relations within a copy are retained Transition references from the local RUP are interconnected where possible with existing RUPs with the same unit class Additional information Cut Edit menu Page 1106 Copy Edit menu Page 110...

Page 1108: ...and target interconnections jumps monitoring command steps operator instructions and synchronization Materials Status and extended status Recipe unit procedures recipe steps and transitions Parameters When a single master recipe is open in the Recipe Editor you can also search for the process cell reference object The search for these elements can be used in recipe steps transitions container obje...

Page 1109: ... be used The text search only finds elements that you can select or enter during the creation of recipes For example no comments on blocks or units from PCS 7 engineering are included in the search Parameter names are searched Additional criteria are available for the Data types and Structures selection allowing you to fine tune your search If you not only want to search these selected recipes lib...

Page 1110: ... begins after clicking the Start button Displaying the hit location When you click on a hit location displayed in the table the corresponding recipe object is opened and highlighted in the BATCH Recipe Editor The search dialog remains open and you can edit the opened master recipe as long as the corresponding master recipe has not been released In this state the displayed hit locations in the sear...

Page 1111: ...erver If you close the window it can be displayed again at any time Application Icon Opening the window with important system messages BatchCC BATCH rec ipe editor Options Important system messages menu BATCH OS Control Master Mouse click on the symbol in the toolbar See also Control SIMATIC BATCH OS Monitor Page 621 14 6 2 Settings User settings Options menu Function Use this function to open the...

Page 1112: ...oject settings The project settings apply for all users who work with this project The General tab is displayed when the dialog is opened Additional tabs in this dialog General tab Page 826 Colors tab Page 734 Font tab Page 725 Archive tab Page 745 Versioning tab Page 735 Used plugin modules tab Page 736 Electronic signatures tab Page 739 14 7 BCC and RE View menu 14 7 1 Display labelling View men...

Page 1113: ... header of the specific windows remains visible Click the title bar of a specific window to move it to the foreground 14 8 2 Horizontal Window menu Function Arranges all open windows one under the other so that all windows are visible and do not overlap 14 8 3 Vertically Window menu Function Arranges all open windows next to each other so that all windows are visible and do not overlap 14 8 4 Arra...

Page 1114: ...ow horizontal Window vertical 14 9 BCC and RE Help menu 14 9 1 Introduction Help menu Function Opens the help window for SIMATIC BATCH and displays the help topic Introduction This topic provides a brief overview of the essential features of the application 14 9 2 Getting started Help menu Function Calls a help topic that provides an overview of the tasks that you can execute with SIMATIC BATCH Th...

Page 1115: ... Start step With this command you start a recipe unit procedure RUP or a recipe procedure element RPE The Start step shortcut menu command is possible in the following statuses of the recipe procedure elements or recipe unit procedures In the idle status The element is started In the statuses completed aborted and stopped the RPE is first reset by the system in other words the step changes to idle...

Page 1116: ...1 HDW For an active transition the command Hold after step works the same way as the command Hold immediately 14 10 3 Hold step immediately In batch control you can stop the selected step object entire recipe unit recipe individual step individual transition immediately When you select individual steps transitions the processing of the steps is continued in simultaneous branches or on other units ...

Page 1117: ...tep is stopped regardless of whether the recipe step is running in continuous operation or not The command executes only after a prompt for confirmation Note You cannot continue a stopped recipe step Stop RUP ROP A RUP ROP is stopped before the planned end analogous to a batch You will find information on how to stop a batch before the planned end in the section Stop Control menu Page 1069 Additio...

Page 1118: ...nds for recipe steps Page 416 14 10 8 Abort step emergency Use this function to abort an active or held selected batch step even when there is no AS connection Note An aborted step cannot be resumed The sequence in this part of the recipe remains where it is until the start of the sequencer e g with the following transition 14 10 9 Unlock step With this function you can unlock a batch element RUP ...

Page 1119: ...ecipe for a control recipe element The control recipe element must have been selected beforehand 14 10 13 Comment on batch element During batch control you can enter comments for an individual batch element during or after batch execution without having to hold the batch 14 10 14 Comment on messages Opens a dialog for the entry of comments on the existing messages of batch control system messages ...

Page 1120: ...ments RP RUP ROP RPH and Transition that have a unique assignment to a unit used by SIMATIC BATCH This command caused all recipe phases in a flat recipe used in this unit to be reset before the unit is reset 14 10 19 Open overview Function This function opens an overview window of the SFC visualization Double click in the window to display the content The overview window is not closed automaticall...

Page 1121: ...ngineering The PCS 7 OS Client add on must also be installed on the PC in addition to an installation of the BATCH Client 14 10 21 Control recipe Batch This is the control recipe for the batch you brought into view 14 10 22 Number of queued jobs Displays the number of queued jobs Completed jobs with regard to the total number of jobs Additional information Layout of the main window BatchCC Page 24...

Page 1122: ...points RPE status Status of the recipe procedure element RP RUP ROP RPH Note Only practical combinations are allowed Next After selecting the type of variable the Next button brings you to the corresponding configuration dialog for the configured variable type of operand 1 You then move on to select the operator and then to the configuration of operand 2 The final page of the wizard show you the r...

Page 1123: ...as Op erand2 in a dialog of the Transition Wizard Allocation error Error Breakpoint Manual operation Start lock Time expired Click Next to go to the next dialog box Using expanded status You can now also use the expanded status of recipe elements in transitions as a condition for recipe step enabling in addition to the ISA88 status of recipe elements You can now determine if for example the ROP mo...

Page 1124: ... operators Only floating point numbers and integers are available as operands Parameters from the next highest recipe level and constants are offered for selection The neighboring parameters are also available in recipe procedure elements RUP ROP and RPH Procedure 1 In the Enter operation area click on the buttons of the desired operator The Equation field displays Operation 2 If you want to expan...

Page 1125: ...redecessor from basic engineering as option The value marked in the left window is always taken Click on Next to go to the Operator dialog box 14 11 8 Select operand dialog box On the left you can select the type of variable for operand 1 on the right the type of variable for operand 2 Parameter from the next highest recipe level Process tag Process value from the automation process RPE status Sta...

Page 1126: ...se Edit menu This function cannot be executed for the selected object 14 12 5 Unlocking This function cannot be executed for the selected object 14 12 6 Details Edit menu This function cannot be executed for the selected object 14 12 7 Print Edit menu This function cannot be executed for the selected object 14 12 8 Print preview Edit menu This function cannot be executed for the selected object Co...

Page 1127: ... cannot be executed for the selected object 14 12 13 Delete Edit menu This function cannot be executed for the selected object 14 12 14 New Edit menu This function cannot be executed for the selected object 14 12 15 Open Edit menu This function cannot be executed for the selected object 14 12 16 Renaming This function cannot be executed for the selected object Context help references 14 12 Help fu...

Page 1128: ...Context help references 14 12 Help function for object cannot be executed SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 1128 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Page 1129: ...e separately from the recipe control strategy As tools you have the CFC or SFC editor available Batch Material that is being produced or that has been produced by a single execution of a batch process An imaginary object representing the procedure for producing material at any point within the process Note Batch means both the material created by and during the process as well as the unit that rep...

Page 1130: ...ent of SIMATIC BATCH and provides you with a graphic user interface for creating and modifying master recipes and library operations Recipe creation is based on the BATCH objects from the batch process cell configuration in the engineering system of SIMATIC PCS 7 for example units and equipment phases Batch report A selection of data relating to one or more batches A batch report documents the pro...

Page 1131: ...for control strategy 2 Control strategy 1 Pressure overlay Control strategy 2 Rinsing Determinism algorithm A deterministic algorithm is an algorithm in which only defined and reproducible statuses occur In other words an instruction in the algorithm is always followed by the same instruction assuming the same conditions At any point in time the next processing step of the algorithm is uniquely sp...

Page 1132: ...rmula category contains the parameters that can be controlled by the operator during batch planning with SIMATIC BATCH using the formula These parameters are included in the formula category with their data type and unit of measure General recipe Recipe type describing processing requirements independent of equipment and location Hierarchy folder The hierarchy folder is used to achieve hierarchica...

Page 1133: ...sting of a sequence with at least one recipe step and one return branch with a transition Master recipe Recipe level that takes into account the capabilities of the equipment and contains information specific to the process cell A master recipe is an indispensable recipe level without which control recipes cannot be created or batches produced Master recipes can contain material and production par...

Page 1134: ...ator dialog The operator may also be required to acknowledge the instruction Operator station OCM operator control and monitoring station Abbreviation OS PCS 7 OS OSC online structure changes Changes to recipe structures in planned released and started batches are known as online structure changes With online structure changes you are able to refine your master recipes in test mode and adjust them...

Page 1135: ...ing operation Procedure element A block for procedural control defined by the model of the procedural control Process A sequence of chemical physical or biological activities for the conversion transportation or storage of material or energy Defined in DIN 28004 A sequence of chemical physical or biological activities for the conversion transport or storage of material or energy In everyday langua...

Page 1136: ...nvolves a chemical or physical conversion of the material being processed and that is specified without taking into account the target equipment configuration to be used Process parameters Information required to manufacture a material that does not fall into the category of input material or output material Typical information in the process parameters includes temperature pressure and time Proce...

Page 1137: ...y is that new recipes can be specified and executed by the chemist or process technician not a programmer or control system specialist using a user interface adapted to his her needs not using the programming configuration user interface of the control system without interventions in the software structure of the control system in other words without the risk of changing interlocks or validated st...

Page 1138: ...lts therefore from the ratio specific quantity to reference scale Resources Resources are units including transport and cleaning equipment input materials products etc and even personnel Scaling function You can use scaling functions to make processes quantity dependent Depending on the concrete quantity for the batch the parameters are corrected using the selected scaling function There are two s...

Page 1139: ... from general recipes taking into account regional constraints such as language or available materials Step A step is the smallest functional unit of an SFC chart The smallest structural unit in a recipe is known as a recipe step Structure element Structure elements of a recipe consist of an arrangement of basic elements The following are examples simultaneous branch alternative branch and loop SU...

Page 1140: ...f measure is a dimension or quantity with a specific value Examples of units of measure 1 m 1 kg 1 Unit procedure A strategy for executing a related process within a unit It consists of a sequence of operations and the required algorithms for triggering organizing and controlling these operations Unit recipe A part of a control recipe that uniquely specifies the sequence of production requirements...

Page 1141: ... tab Properties of a batch 793 General tab ROP properties 821 General tab ROP sequence properties 822 General tab RPH properties 818 820 General tab RUP properties 825 General tab transition properties 823 General tab Plug in details 808 Generate quality dialog 807 Import objects from file dialog 807 Individual permissions tab 838 Information dialog box 836 Input material tab Procedure Step Formul...

Page 1142: ...ented WinCC messages 731 Arrange Cascading Window menu 1113 Horizontally Window menu 1113 Vertically Window menu 1113 Arrange icons Window menu 1113 Arranging windows 248 265 AS based 859 AS based mode 42 52 949 AS oriented 240 Assign default permissions 840 Assigning 138 Assigning a formula category to a recipe procedure 297 Assigning batches to a production order 351 Assigning materials 634 Assi...

Page 1143: ...pes in a library or under a project 853 Batch types in project removed for editing selection master characteristic 925 Batch types in project removed for editing selection slave characteristic 926 Batch types in the multiproject 930 Batch types in the project 933 Batch types in the project of a multiproject 871 BATCH types in the project of a multiproject 932 Batch types PCC 959 BatchCC 38 721 Bat...

Page 1144: ...6 Communication channel 45 589 Communication monitoring 208 Communication paths 45 CommunicationChannel 641 647 650 657 665 667 Compare with 845 Comparison 327 Comparison result 327 332 Compatibility 44 Compatible Security settings 77 Compile and download process cell data 189 Compile OS 176 Compiling batch instances 929 Complete 1117 Components 79 Computers and units 286 Concurrent compile and do...

Page 1145: ...ing an equipment property 170 Creating an order 798 Creating an SFC type 155 Creating and manipulating objects 256 497 Creating new batches 620 Creating process cell data 200 Creating process tag types 164 167 Creating production order categories 275 Creating recipe topology SFC 521 Creating setpoints 158 Creating the process cell data in single project engineering 200 Creating WinCC archive tags ...

Page 1146: ...e immediately 634 741 Effects of user roles 281 Electronic signature 375 378 572 762 Electronic signatures 739 Elements in progress 270 Eliminating errors 834 835 Engineering station 53 Entering input and output materials 293 Enumeration 154 690 EOP equipment operation 143 921 EOP parameters 923 EOP parameters PCC 1034 EPH equipment phase 143 918 EPH parameters 919 EPH parameters PCC 1028 Equipmen...

Page 1147: ...e type description 217 Further editing and testing a project 235 G Gantt chart 359 GAP time 629 General 728 809 General dialog box 1122 General information about multiproject engineering 224 Generate types 939 Getting started Help menu 1114 Getting started in SIMATIC BATCH 119 Go to Next error Edit menu 1099 Go to Previous error Edit menu 1099 Graphics Designer 587 588 H Handling recipes 318 319 H...

Page 1148: ...66 Interconnecting parameters between master recipe and formula 307 Interface blocks 32 151 Interface change 680 Interfaces 682 Interlocking 464 Internal and external formulas 112 Internal waiting 436 International German key names 720 Interval 753 Introduction 54 155 489 Introduction Help menu 1114 Introduction to permission management 278 Introduction to technical terminology 105 ISA 88 models 1...

Page 1149: ...nalize Options menu 1079 Migration Prepare 1079 Migration of existing recipes 44 Mixed operation 144 516 Mode 629 Module information 859 Monitoring 481 515 537 543 549 728 Example 543 Monitoring Insert menu 541 Monitoring area 541 Monitoring time 265 575 733 Command step 811 825 Moving the mouse pointer in dialog boxes 719 Moving the mouse pointer in the menu bar pop up menu 718 Moving the mouse p...

Page 1150: ...Open object Edit menu 1100 Open operator dialogs automatically 742 Open overview 1120 Open pane 1121 Opening the control recipe 409 Opening the control recipe for the batch 371 Operand 2 dialog box 1125 Operating batches 391 Operating principle 384 Operation Batches 391 Operation type 879 881 Operation type parameters 882 Operator 831 Operator commands Operator commands for batch control 414 Opera...

Page 1151: ...uantity 793 Planned quantity 808 Planned start 628 Planning list 372 Planning the unit allocation 363 Plant designation 133 Plant hierarchy 133 141 Plant update 89 Plugin 88 Plug in details dialog 816 Precalculation 411 Predecessor 139 628 Predefined batch name 741 Prefix 1124 Prevention when exiting 64 Print 41 481 1054 Print Program menu 1048 Print graphic Recipe menu 1096 Print preview 41 481 1...

Page 1152: ...enu 1055 Specifying the formula category properties 304 Specifying the properties of formulas 306 Specifying the properties of library operations 576 Specifying the properties of the batch 355 Specifying the recipe procedure properties 302 Properties Edit menu 1099 Properties of a batch 793 Properties order 808 812 PropertiesTabOrderAndVisibility 645 Punctuation marks 94 Q QAvgRecProcTime 147 Quan...

Page 1153: ...ss cell 225 Removing projects for editing and restoring them 221 Renaming Batch process cell 179 Reorganize 179 Replication 57 Report 41 74 754 Report creation 473 Report properties 754 Report templates 750 Reporting Services 755 Reports 750 Representation of parameters 1124 Representation of the recipe elements 511 Request for signature 379 Requirements Procedure for configuring library operation...

Page 1154: ...plication 64 Server language 726 services msc 687 Set time of day 482 Setpoint deviation 438 Setpoints 144 728 Assigning control strategies 159 Setting Setting the properties for transitions 570 Setting the properties of steps 564 Setting Continuous operation of a recipe phase 569 Setting breakpoints 425 Setting the Continuous operation of a recipe function 569 Setting the language 855 Setting the...

Page 1155: ...tch step 1116 Starting a comparison 327 StartMode 662 StartModeVisible 662 StartTimeVisible 661 StartTrigger 663 Startup characteristics 35 398 Start up list 177 State transition diagram of an equipment phase 685 States of a transition 426 States of a transition condition 427 Station 865 Stations 863 Status 372 394 429 439 1123 Status bar 249 Status bar View menu 1102 Status change 144 Status chan...

Page 1156: ... 427 Transition Insert menu 546 Transition conditions 571 Transition placeholder 514 Transition placeholder in the unit window 515 Transitions 46 570 Tree structure 270 TreeVisible 651 669 Trend data 772 Type description for the individual project 212 Type description in a multiproject 215 Type mode 205 U Undo Edit menu 1098 Undock 637 Undock automatically 637 644 Unit 83 136 138 143 194 692 913 U...

Page 1157: ...arning messages 733 Watchdog 208 Web Client 88 What is a formula category 111 What is SIMATIC BATCH 31 Which standards norms is SIMATIC BATCH based on 105 WinCC APL Client Options 87 WinCC archive variable 854 855 WinCC Client Options 87 WinCC message 575 Window 249 Window areas 610 Window management Window menu 1114 Windows user group SIMATIC BATCH 281 Windows user group SIMATIC HMI 281 Without l...

Page 1158: ...Index SIMATIC BATCH V8 2 1158 Operating Manual 02 2016 A5E35958174 AA ...

Reviews:

No comments

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands